Categories
Fiat

2020 Fiat Talento Engine Instruction Guide

fiat-logo

2020 Fiat Talento Engine Instruction Guide

The dynamic and effective engine of the 2020 Fiat Talento is its heart; it is a carefully engineered powerplant intended to provide performance, dependability, and versatility for a variety of commercial needs. This engine powers the Talento’s capabilities, providing a power-to-efficiency ratio that meets a range of demands in the business and transportation sectors. Let’s examine the 2020 Fiat Talento engine’s features and capabilities to learn more about its technical wonders and how it enhances the van’s overall performance.

Engine

ENGINE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Multijet 115

 

Ecojet 120

 

Ecojet 140

EMISSION LEVEL

 

Euro 5

 

Euro4/ Euro5

 

Euro5

ENGINE

 

 

 

 

 

 

Engine type

 

 

 

R9M

 

 

Engine displacement (cm³)

 

 

 

1598

 

 

Type of injection

 

Common rail turbo

 

Common rail twin turbo

 

Common rail twin turbo

Type of fuel

 

 

 

Diesel

 

 

Start&Stop

 

 

Standard

 

Optional equipment

Number of cylinders

 

 

 

4

 

 

Number of valves

 

 

 

16

 

 

Bore/stroke ratio (at rpm)

 

 

 

80/79.5

 

 

Particulate filter

 

Yes

 

 

Yes

 

Maximum engine power

 

84 KW (115 HP) at 3500 rpm

 

88 KW (120 HP) at 3500 rpm

 

103 KW (140 HP) at 3500 rpm

Maximum torque

 

300 Nm at 1500 rpm

 

320 Nm at 1550 rpm

 

340 Nm at 1550 rpm

Tank capacity (litres)

 

 

 

80

 

 

 

 

Multijet 95

 

Ecojet 95

 

Multijet 120

 

Ecojet 125

 

Ecojet 145

EMISSION LEVEL

 

 

 

 

 

Euro 6

 

 

 

 

ENGINE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Engine type

 

 

 

 

 

R9M

 

 

 

 

Engine displacement (cm³)

 

 

 

 

 

1598

 

 

 

 

Type of injection

 

Common rail turbo

 

Common rail turbo

 

Common rail turbo

 

Common rail twin turbo

 

Common rail twin turbo

Type of fuel

 

 

 

 

 

Diesel

 

 

 

 

Start&Stop

 

 

Standard

 

 

Standard

 

Standard

Number of cylinders

 

 

 

 

 

4 in line

 

 

 

 

Number of valves

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

Bore/stroke ratio (at rpm)

 

 

 

 

 

80/79.5

 

 

 

 

2020 Fiat Talento Engine 01

WARNING
Modifications or repairs to the supply system that are not carried out correctly or do not take the system technical specifications into account can cause malfunctions leading to the risk of fire.

FAQs

What type of engine powers the 2020 Fiat Talento?

A variety of diesel engine options are available for the Talento, including the 1.6-liter and 2.0-liter Multijet engines.

What is the horsepower and torque output of the Talento’s engines

Engine options differ in terms of power output, but in general, power outputs fall between 95 and 170 horsepower and torque between 260 and 380 Nm.Engine options differ in terms of power output, but in general, power outputs fall between 95 and 170 horsepower and torque between 260 and 380 Nm.

What transmission options are available for the 2020 Fiat Talento?

The Talento usually comes with a choice of manual or automatic transmission, giving drivers of various driving styles flexibility.

What is the fuel efficiency of the Talento’s engines?

Although the exact engine version and driving circumstances affect fuel efficiency, the Talento typically has competitive fuel economy for its class.

What is the towing capacity of the 2020 Fiat Talento?

The engine and configuration determine the towing capacity, which usually varies between 2,000 and 2,500 kg, providing significant hauling capacity.

How often does the engine oil need to be changed in the Talento?

Generally speaking, oil changes should occur every 10,000 to 20,000 kilometers, but it’s best to abide by the manufacturer’s recommendations.

What kind of maintenance does the engine require?

Oil changes, filter replacements, fluid level checks, and following the owner’s manual’s suggested service schedule are all considered forms of routine maintenance.

Does the 2020 Fiat Talento have turbocharged engines?

Indeed, turbochargers are a feature of some engine variants that improve power and efficiency.

Are there any known common issues with the Talento’s engines?

Although generally dependable, some drivers may experience problems with fuel or turbocharger components. Regular upkeep aids in the prevention of these problems.

Can the Talento’s engine run on alternative fuels, such as biodiesel?

Certain biofuels can be used with fiat engines, but it’s important to check the owner’s manual for exact fuel recommendations.

What are the warranty terms for the engine in the 2020 Fiat Talento?

Warranty coverage is typically offered for a specific period of time or mileage, and it varies depending on the manufacturer’s policies and the region.

Does the Talento engine feature start-stop technology for fuel efficiency?

Some models may have start-stop systems installed, which automatically turn off the engine when the car is stationary.

How long does the engine take to warm up in cold conditions?

After driving, engines usually reach their ideal operating temperatures in a few minutes, though this can vary depending on the weather and engine size.

Can I enhance the engine’s performance through aftermarket modifications?

Changing the engine could nullify the warranty, impact the vehicle’s dependability, and be against the law. Before making any changes, it is advised to speak with licensed experts.

What steps should I take if I notice unusual engine noises or performance issues?

It is best to have the car checked out by a trained mechanic if you hear strange noises or see strange behavior from the vehicle so that any possible problems can be quickly identified and fixed.

Useful Link

View Full PDF : 2020 Fiat Talento Owner’s Manual| Auto User Guide 2020 Fiat Talento Warning and indicator Lights Guide

Categories
Porsche

2021-2023 Porsche 911 Engine Compartment

Porsche-Logo

2021-2023 Porsche 911 Engine Compartment

The engine compartment of the Porsche 911 model years 2021-2023 showcases exceptional automotive engineering, exemplifying the unwavering commitment to achieving optimal performance that characterises this renowned sports car. Located behind the streamlined curves of the posterior body structure resides a formidable source of meticulous engineering and inventive design, exemplifying Porsche’s unwavering dedication to surpassing the limits of achievement within the domain of high-performance vehicles.

It is anticipated that the model years of 2021-2023 will encompass a diverse range of engine choices, encompassing both turbocharged powerplants and naturally aspirated configurations. Each of these options will be specifically designed to offer distinct driving characteristics. Whether traversing expansive roadways or manoeuvring through challenging turns on a racecourse, the engine compartment of the Porsche 911 is meticulously designed to provide a harmonious display of performance that enthrals both passionate enthusiasts and skilled drivers. In examining the engine compartment of the 2021-2023 Porsche 911, we go on an exploration of the core of automotive prowess, where the amalgamation of power, accuracy, and fervour culminate to produce a driving encounter that is truly exceptional.

Engines

At Porsche, there are no conventions. Forbidding free thought? That’s forbidden. The only thing that matters is this question: how can we become even better? Let’s put it another way: can we redefine the limits of engineering? Can we reconcile apparent contradictions? Yes, we can. With Intelligent Performance.
The new 911 answers questions about the future of the sports car with a quantum leap in performance. By reducing fuel consumption, but not by suppressing emotions. By following a principle that has already changed everything once before: in 1974, with the first 911 Turbo.

2021-2023 Porsche 911 Interior and Exterior Features (1)

Developed completely from scratch, the six-cylinder twin-turbo engines of the 911 Carrera and Targa 4 models with a displacement of 3.0 litres embrace this principle and perfect it in a forward-looking way. To be more precise: tremendous acceleration force even in the low rpm range is supplemented by the engine map of a 911 Carrera with the high rev limits typical of a sports car. In other words, high compression and a high engine speed combined with good modulation of power output and surprisingly low fuel consumption, thanks to the reduced overall displacement.
Expressed in figures, this means an extra 15 kW (20 hp) of power, an extra 60 Nm of torque and engine speeds of up to 7,500 rpm. And a considerable reduction in fuel consumption of up to 13 %.

The engine of the 911 Carrera and 911 Targa 4 models develops 272 kW (370 hp). The maximum torque of 450 Nm is available from as low as 1,700 rpm. With Porsche Doppelkupplung (PDK), the 911 Carrera can accelerate from 0 to 100 km/h in only 4.4 seconds and reach a top speed of 293 km/h.
The propulsive potential of the engine in the S models, featuring upsized turbochargers and independent exhaust system, is even more impressive. It generates a power output of 309 kW (420 hp) and the maximum torque is a mighty 500 Nm, available from as low as 1,700 rpm. With Porsche Doppelkupplung (PDK) and Launch Control, the  911 Carrera S sprints to 100 km/h in a mere 3.9 seconds. Top speed isn’t reached until 306 km/h.
What cannot be expressed in figures: the legendary sound of a 911 six-cylinder horizontally opposed engine. And the experience is all the more intense for it.

The stand-out qualities of the new twin-turbo engines are their extraordinarily direct responsiveness and wide torque plateau, reached early in the low end of the rpm band. Combined with the high rev limit – and the legendary sound of a 911 six-cylinder horizontally opposed engine. In short: excellent performance that feeds back to the driver in an instant.

2021-2023 Porsche 911 Interior and Exterior Features (2)

Turbochargers.
The displacement of the new 911 models has been considerably reduced with the aim of cutting fuel consumption. That’s because we more than most as a sports car manufacturer bear huge responsibility. Nevertheless, the power output of the new engines has been significantly  increased. Responsible for that are the turbochargers developed for the 911 completely from scratch.
The drive system is a twin-turbo configuration. It has two turbochargers with one charge-air cooling for each cylinder bank. Both turbos are particularly compact and have been optimally adapted to the displacement and power output of the engine. This construction minimises the inertia of the drivetrain and improves responsiveness. The new turbochargers leave the sceptics in their wake and find a new destination: unexplored levels of torque.

2021-2023 Porsche 911 Interior and Exterior Features (3)

What looks technical on paper has an unmistakably resonant sound. The sound of a 911. And a performance that hits the driver in an instant. In the form of direct acceleration and visceral forward thrust. Rather like a ‘thump’ in the back the moment the engine unleashes its unadulterated power.

Active air intake flaps
The active air intake flaps in the front air intakes act to reduce fuel consumption during everyday trips and to achieve superlative performance on sporty drives. Already proven on the 918 Spyder, the flaps close automatically while the car is in motion and thereby reduce drag.

On demand or in SPORT, SPORT PLUS or PSM Sport mode, the flaps open and help to provide optimum engine cooling.
This means that cooling air is supplied only to the extent that it is actually needed. That’s efficiency. Of the intelligent kind.

2021-2023 Porsche 911 Interior and Exterior Features (4)

  1. Turbocharger
  2. Air intake flaps closed
  3. Air intake flaps open

2021-2023 Porsche 911 Interior and Exterior Features5

Efficiency-enhancing technologies. Auto start/stop switches off the engine when the driving speed falls below 7 km/h under moderate deceleration, such as when you are approaching a red light. As soon as you release the clutch or, with PDK, depress the accelerator pedal, the engine restarts – swiftly and smoothly.
In conjunction with Porsche Doppelkupplung (PDK), a coasting function becomes available where the situation allows. The engine is decoupled from the transmission to avoid deceleration caused by engine braking. In this way, optimum use is made of the vehicle’s momentum, enabling it to coast for longer distances.

2021-2023 Porsche 911 Interior and Exterior Features (7)

2021-2023 Porsche 911 Interior and Exterior Features (6)

Sports exhaust system.
It’s a first for any Porsche turbocharged boxer engines, and it’s a technical innovation. Available as an option for the new 911, the sports exhaust system features two catalytic converters and a rear silencer, which lead into two centrally positioned tailpipes. For a look otherwise more likely to be seen on the racetrack. For impressive resonance and an intense sports car sound – typical of the 911. For 100 % Porsche. And for goose bumps at the push of a button.

FAQs

What types of engines are available in the 2021-2023 Porsche 911?

The Porsche 911 presents a variety of engine choices, encompassing both turbocharged and naturally aspirated variants, enabling individuals to select a powertrain that corresponds to their own performance inclinations.

How does the rear-engine layout contribute to the 911’s performance?

The weight distribution of the 911 is improved by the implementation of a rear engine layout, which results in an excellent balance and contributes to the vehicle’s responsive handling characteristics.

Can you describe the horsepower and torque figures for the available engines?

The specific values for horsepower and torque may differ depending on the chosen engine configuration. Porsche normally provides a range of power options to accommodate varying desires for performance.

What is the 0-60 mph acceleration time for the 911 with different engine configurations?

Acceleration timings exhibit variability based on the unique characteristics of the engine, with certain iterations achieving noteworthy 0-60 mph durations, thereby exemplifying the rapidity inherent in sports cars.

How has Porsche addressed fuel efficiency in the 911’s engine compartment?

Porsche utilises sophisticated technical methodologies, such as the integration of direct fuel injection and variable valve timing technology, to enhance fuel efficiency while maintaining optimal performance levels.

Are there any hybrid or electric options available in the 2021-2023 Porsche 911 lineup?

As of the knowledge cutoff in January 2022, Porsche has incorporated hybrid and electric vehicle options into their product lineup. However, it is important to note that the availability of these cars may differ based on geographical location and specific model year.

What maintenance considerations should owners be aware of for the 911’s engine compartment?

Regular maintenance, including oil changes and routine inspections, is of utmost importance in order to guarantee the longevity and effective functioning of the engine.

How is the cooling system designed in the 911’s engine compartment to handle high-performance driving?

The 911 utilises an advanced cooling system, comprising radiators and air intakes, to effectively regulate engine temperatures, thereby averting the risk of overheating, even under demanding driving conditions.

Can you customize the engine options when purchasing a Porsche 911?

Porsche frequently offers a range of customization choices, enabling purchasers to personalise their vehicles according to their own preferences by selecting certain engine combinations, performance packages, and additional equipment.

What role does the exhaust system play in enhancing the 911’s driving experience?

The exhaust system is designed with the intention of generating a unique sound that enhances the whole driving encounter, so delivering an auditory sensation that is highly valued by automotive fans.

How has Porsche incorporated technology into the engine compartment for the 2021-2023 models?

Advanced engine management systems, electrical controls, and sensors are strategically integrated into the engine compartment to effectively enhance performance, responsiveness, and efficiency.

Does the 911 feature any performance-enhancing packages for its engines?

Porsche commonly provides performance packages that encompass various enhancements, such as augmented horsepower, sport tuned exhaust systems, and improved suspension components.

How does the engine compartment contribute to the overall aerodynamics of the Porsche 911?

The design of the engine compartment is closely interconnected with the aerodynamics of the vehicle, serving to minimise drag and lift in order to improve stability and optimise performance during high-speed operation.

Are there any innovations in the 911’s engine compartment aimed at reducing environmental impact?

While prioritising performance, Porsche integrates several technology to comply with emission rules, perhaps offering hybrid or electric alternatives for environmentally conscious consumers.

Can you access and view the engine compartment easily for maintenance purposes?

Porsche has incorporated user friendly elements into the architecture of the 911, facilitating convenient access to the engine compartment for the purpose of routine maintenance and inspections.

Useful Link

View Full PDF : Porsche 911 2021-2023 User Manual Auto User Guide

2021-2023 Porsche 911 All Wheel Drive Guide

Categories
Harley Davidson

2009-2021 Harley Davidson Dyna Engine Guidelines

Harley Devidson logo2009-2021 Harley Davidson Dyna Engine 

From 2009 to 2021, Harley-Davidson made the Dyna line of motorcycles, which were known for having a classic American cruiser design and strong engine performance. At the heart of these bikes were a variety of powerful V-twin engines, such as the Milwaukee-Eight and Twin Cam engines. These engines have changed over the years to offer more displacement, more torque, and better reliability overall. The unique air-cooled design of these engines made them stand out. They gave riders a unique and intense riding experience with the unmistakable rumble and character that only a Harley Davidson could give. Harley-Davidson slowly made these engines better over the years by adding new technology, improving fuel injection systems, and improving overall engine management for smoother power delivery. This made the Dyna series a lasting symbol of American motorcycle heritage and a favorite among riders who want both classic style and modern performance.

ENGINE IDLE TEMPERATURE

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
For those riders who frequently find themselves in riding conditions where the vehicle is subjected to prolonged idle conditions or traffic congestion, an optional dealer-enabled engine calibration is available. This calibration offers limited rear cylinder cooling with the vehicle stopped while the engine is left at idle. This option is available for original equipment engine calibrations only. See your dealer for details.

STARTING THE ENGINE

General

CAUTION
The engine should be allowed to run slowly for 15-30 seconds. This will allow the engine to warm up and let oil reach all surfaces needing lubrication. Failure to comply can result in engine damage. (00563b)
Do not roll the throttle before starting. Rolling the throttle before starting the motorcycle is unnecessary.

Starting

WARNING
Shift transmission to neutral before starting the engine to prevent accidental movement, which could result in death or serious injury. (00044a)

  1. Turn the ignition/headlamp key switch to the IGNITION position. Do not roll the throttle.
    NOTE
    The engine lamp will light for approximately 4 seconds and you will hear the fuel pump purr for approximately 2 seconds as it operates to fill the fuel lines with gasoline.
  2. See Figure 20. Turn the off/run switch to the RUN position.
  3. Pull in the clutch lever.
    NOTE
    To activate the starting system, the clutch interlock circuitry requires that the clutch be disengaged. The clutch lever must be pulled in against the left handlebar grip and/or the transmission must be shifted to the neutral position (with the green neutral lamp lit).
  4. Raise the jiffy stand (required on international models).
  5. Press the starter button to start the motorcycle.
  6. When the engine has started, you can operate your motorcycle as you normally would after raising the jiffy stand.

NOTE
If the fuel tank becomes completely dry, it may take a few seconds longer to start the motorcycle after filling the tank. It will not be necessary to take any extraordinary measures before starting the motorcycle.

2009-2021 Harley Davidson Dyna Engine Quick Guide

 

Figure 20. Right Handlebar Controls

  1. Engine off/run switch
  2. Engine start switch

STOPPING THE ENGINE

  1. Stop the engine by turning OFF the engine stop switch on right handlebar.
  2. Turn OFF the ignition/headlamp key switch. If the engine should be stalled or stopped in any way, turn off the ignition/headlamp key switch at once to prevent battery discharge.

FAQs

What type of engine does the Harley Davidson Dyna have?

The Harley Davidson Dyna is powered by V-twin engines that are normally between 96 and 103 cubic inches (ci) in size.

What is the oil capacity for a Dyna engine?

Oil volume varies based on the model and engine, but it typically ranges from 3-3.5 quarts.

How often should I change the oil on my Dyna?

Harley suggests changing the oil every 5,000 miles, but for model-specific advice, consult your owner’s manual.

Can I use synthetic oil in my Dyna engine?

You can use synthetic oil in your Dyna engine, and doing so is frequently advised for improved protection and performance

What is the recommended octane rating for Dyna engines?

A minimum of 91 octane fuel is what Harley Davidson advises using for Dyna engines.

How often should I check the spark plugs?

Spark plugs should be checked and replaced every 10,000 miles or as instructed in your owner’s manual.

Can I use aftermarket air filters on my Dyna?

You can use aftermarket air filters if they are made for the particular Dyna model and engine you are using.

What is the recommended tire pressure for a Dyna?

For detailed recommendations, consult your owner’s manual or the sidewall of your tires. Tire pressure might vary based on the model and the tires

How often should I check and adjust the drive belt tension?

Every 5,000 miles, the drive belt tension should be checked and adjusted as necessary.

What type of coolant should I use in my Dyna?

While high-quality ethylene glycol-based coolant is also an option, Harley Davidson advises using its own brand.

How often should I clean and lubricate the drive chain (if applicable)?

If your Dyna model has a chain drive, you should clean and lube it in accordance with the instructions in your owner’s manual, usually every 500 to 1,000 miles.

Can I use aftermarket exhaust systems on my Dyna?

You can utilize aftermarket exhaust systems, but make sure they adhere to local noise ordinances and have minimal impact on engine performance.

What is the recommended engine oil weight for Dyna engines?

Depending on the model and climate, different oil weights may be advised, but generally speaking, 20W-50 is adequate for most situations.

How often should I check the battery and its connections?

Regularly check the battery and connections, particularly before lengthy trips, and keep the battery terminals corrosive- and dirt-free.

Can I perform basic maintenance on my Dyna engine, or should I take it to a dealership?

You can conduct simple maintenance like oil changes and air filter replacements, but it’s advised to call a Harley Davidson dealership or a skilled mechanic for more difficult jobs.

Useful Link

View Full PDF: Harley Davidson Dyna 2009-2021 User Manual| Auto User Guide
Instruments: 2009-2021 Harley Davidson Dyna Instruments

Categories
Harley Davidson

2009-2023 Harley Davidson FLHTCUTG Tri Glide Engine Guide

Harley Devidson logo

2009-2023 Harley Davidson FLHTCUTG Tri Glide Engine Guide

The Harley-Davidson FLHTCUTG Tri Glide, which was made from 2009 to 2023, is a famous and long-lasting part of the history of American motorbike manufacturing. Here’s what makes this trike so special: its engine is not only strong, but it also shows how committed Harley is to quality and new ideas. Over the course of more than ten years of production, the FLHTCUTG Tri Glide’s engine has seen many changes and advancements, which is typical of how motorcycle technology is always changing. For many riders, this engine has been a constant partner on their many adventures and trips. It delivers the classic Harley-Davidson experience of throaty rumble, raw power, and an unmatched sense of freedom. Let’s get into the specifics of the engine that powered this amazing trike. We’ll look at its specs, how it changed over time, and the unique ride experience it provided during its long life.

STARTING THE ENGINE

General

The engine should be allowed to run slowly for 15-30 seconds. T his will allow the engine to warm up and let oil reach all surfaces needing lubrication. Failure to comply can result in engine damage. (00563b)
Do not roll the throttle before starting. Rolling the throttle before starting the motorcycle is unnecessary.

Starting

Shift transmission to neutral before starting the engine to prevent accidental movement, which could result in death or serious injury. (00044a)

  1. Turn the ignition/headlamp key switch to the IGNITION position. Do not roll the throttle.
    NOTE The engine lamp will light for approximately 4 seconds and you will hear the fuel pump purr for approximately 2 seconds as it operates to fill the fuel lines with gasoline.
  2. See Figure 42. Turn the off/run switch to the RUN position.
  3. Squeeze the clutch lever in against the handgrip.
    NOTE To activate the starting system, the clutch interlock circuitry requires the clutch be disengaged, the clutch lever pulled in against left handgrip, and/or the transmission be shifted to the neutral position (green neutral lamp lit).
  4. Press the starter button to start the motorcycle.
  5. Release the parking brake before riding the motorcycle. See CONTROLS AND INDICATORS, Reverse Operation.
    NOTE If the fuel tank becomes completely dry, it may take a few seconds longer to start the motorcycle after filling the tank. It will not be necessary to take any extraordinary measures before starting the motorcycle.

Automatic Compression Release (ACR)

The engine should be allowed to run slowly for 15-30 seconds. This will allow the engine to warm up and let oil reach all surfaces needing lubrication. Failure to comply can result in engine damage. (00563b)

The vehicle is equipped with an Automatic Compression Release (ACR). During starting, a small auxiliary valve in the cylinder head is opened automatically by the ECM. The open valve releases the air compressed in the cylinder heads and allows the starter motor to turn the high compression engine over a faster rate to aid starting.
After starting and during normal operation, the ACR valves remain closed.

2009-2023 Harley Davidson FLHTCUTG Tri Glide Alarm System01

  1. Engine off/run switch
  2. Engine start switch

Figure 42. Right Handlebar Controls

FAQs

What is the engine capacity of Harley-Davidson Trike models during this period?

Depending on the exact model, the engine displacement for Harley-Davidson Trike models from 2011 to 2023 normally ranges from 1,450cc to 1,868cc.

Are these engines air-cooled or liquid-cooled?

In this era, the majority of Harley-Davidson Trike engines are air-cooled, maintaining the iconic Harley-Davidson appearance and feel.

What type of fuel injection system do these engines use?

ESPFI, or Electronic Sequential Port Fuel Injection, is used by these engines to distribute fuel precisely and boost performance.

What is the maximum torque output of these engines?

Although the torque output varies between models, it typically falls between 120 and 168 lb-ft (163 and 228 Nm).

Can I use regular unleaded gasoline in these engines

According to the manufacturer’s recommendations or every 5,000 miles (8,000 kilometers), Harley-Davidson advises changing the oil in your vehicle.

Can I use regular unleaded gasoline in these engines

Yes, ordinary unleaded gasoline with an octane level of 87 or above is intended to be used with these engines.

What is the typical cruising range on a full tank of gas for Harley-Davidson Trikes with these engines?

Depending on the engine and riding conditions, the cruising range can change, but it normally ranges from 150 to 200 miles (240 to 320 kilometers) per tank.

How does the engine cooling system work on these Trikes?

To control engine temperature, the majority of vehicles employ a combination of air-cooling and strategically mounted oil coolers.

How does the engine cooling system work on these Trikes?

The belt drive found on most Harley-Davidson trikes provides smoother and quieter operation than a chain drive.

Can I add aftermarket performance upgrades to these engines?

Exhaust systems, air intakes, and engine tuning kits are just a few of the aftermarket choices available for improving performance.

What’s the recommended maintenance schedule for these engines?

According to your owner’s manual, routine maintenance should include oil changes, tire inspections, and inspections every 5,000 miles (8,000 kilometers).

Useful Link

View Full PDF: Harley Davidson FLHTCUTG Tri Glide 2009-2023 User Manual
Specifications: 2009-2023 Harley Davidson FLHTCUTG Tri Glide Specifications

Categories
Harley Davidson

2011-2023 Harley Davidson Trike Engine System Instructions

Harley Devidson logo

2011-2023 Harley Davidson Trike Engine

Harley-Davidson has maintained its tradition of building recognizable motorcycles throughout the past ten years, and one of the company’s most notable advancements during this time has been the expansion of its Trike Engine portfolio. From 2011 until 2023, Harley-Davidson will continue to push the limits of trike motorcycle design, performance, and technology. A symbol of strength, style, and versatility on the road, the Trike Engine series during this time not only embraced the timeless essence of Harley-Davidson but also integrated contemporary engineering innovations.

All things considered, the 2011–2023 Harley-Davidson Trike Engine series is a captivating combination of history and modernity. These engines represent independence, individuality, and the enduring spirit of the open road more than just a mode of transportation. These trike engines provide an amazing riding experience that embodies the spirit of the Harley-Davidson heritage, whether you’re an experienced rider or a new member of the Harley-Davidson family.

STARTING THE ENGINE

General

Notice

The engine should be allowed to run slowly for 15-30 seconds. This will allow the engine to warm up and let oil reach all surfaces needing lubrication. Failure to comply can result in engine damage. (00563b)
Do not roll the throttle before starting. Rolling the throttle before starting the motorcycle is unnecessary.
Starting

  1. Turn ignition/headlamp key switch to IGNITION position. Do not roll the throttle.
    Shift transmission to neutral before starting engine to prevent accidental movement, which could result in death or serious injury. (00044a)
  2.  Shift transmission to neutral.
  3. See Figure 38. Turn the off/run switch to RUN position.
    NOTE The engine lamp will light for approximately 4 seconds and you will hear the fuel pump operating for approximately 2 seconds as it fills the fuel lines with gasoline.
  4. Squeeze the clutch lever in against the handgrip.
    NOTE To activate the starting system, the clutch interlock circuitry requires the clutch be disengaged, clutch lever pulled in against left handgrip, and/or the transmission be shifted to the neutral position (green neutral lamp
  5.  Press the starter button to start the motorcycle.
  6. Release the parking brake before riding the motorcycle. See CONTROLS AND INDICATORS, Reverse Operation.
    NOTE If the fuel tank becomes completely dry, it may take a few seconds longer to start the motorcycle after filling the tank. It will not be necessary to take any extraordinary measures before starting the motorcycle.

2011-2023 Harley Davidson Trike Engine01

  1. Engine off/run switch
  2. Engine start switch

Figure 38. Right Handlebar Controls

AUTOMATIC COMPRESSION RELEASE (ACR)

Vehicles with Twin Cam 103 and larger engines are equipped with an Automatic Compression Release (ACR). During starting, a small auxiliary valve in the cylinder head is opened automatically by the ECM. The open valve releases the air compressed in the cylinder heads and allows the starter motor to turn the high compression engine over at a faster rate to aid starting.
After starting and during normal operation, the ACR valves remain closed.

ENGINE IDLE TEMPERATURE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

For those riders who frequently find themselves in riding con-dictions where the vehicle is subjected to prolonged idle conditions or traffic congestion, the motorcycle is equipped with an Engine Idle Temperature Management System (EITMS) to provide limited cooling of the rear cylinder.

Operation
When engine temperature reaches a pre-determined point, the EITMS will turn off the rear cylinder fuel injector. Idle speed will be maintained, however the rear cylinder will become an “air pump” which will work to cool the engine.

EITMS will activate (rear cylinder will turn off) when all of the following conditions are met.

  • Engine temperature is greater than 287°F domestic (165°C international)
  • Twist grip opening is at idle
  • Vehicle speed under 1 mph (2 km/h)
  • Engine speed under 1200 RPM EITMS will disable (rear cylinder will again fire) if any one of the following occurs:
  • Engine temperature falls below 275°F domestic (135°C international)
  • Twist grip opening is greater than idle
  • Vehicle speed exceeds 2 mph (3 km/h)
  • Engine speed exceeds 1350 RPM
  • Clutch is released with vehicle in gear

When the engine is in EITMS operation, you may notice a difference in idle cadence. Additionally, there may be a unique exhaust odor. These are both considered to be normal conditions

Enabling/Disabling EITMS

Enabled: The EITMS engine cooling feature will automatically activate whenever the vehicle comes to a complete stop and is idling during elevated temperature conditions. Even with the feature enabled, it may not activate under cool riding conditions.
Disabled: The EITMS feature is not active under any conditions.
Vehicles are delivered from the factory with EITMS disabled. EITMS can be enabled or disabled by the rider by performing the following procedure.

  1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and push the engine OFF/RUN switch on the right handlebar to the RUN position (do not start the motorcycle).
  2. Push the throttle to roll-off position and hold.
  3. See Figure 7. After approximately 3 seconds, the cruise indicator lamp will either flash green (EITMS enabled) or red (EITMS disabled).
    NOTE A flashing lamp indicates the EITMS setting. A solid (non-flashing) lamp indicates the cruise control setting.
  4.  Repeat the procedure as needed to enable or disable EITMS

NOTE The EITMS setting will remain in effect until it is changed by the rider or dealer. It does not have to be reconfigured at each startup.

SHIFTING GEARS Getting Started

NOTE Release parking brake before riding motorcycle. See CON-TROLS AND INDICATORS, Parking Brake.
The clutch must be fully disengaged before attempting a gear shift. Failure to fully disengage the clutch can result in equipment damage. (00182a) The shift pattern is first gear down, next five gears up.

  1. With motorcycle engine running and parking brake disengaged, pull the clutch hand lever in against handlebar grip to fully disengage clutch.
  2. Press the foot shift lever down to end of its travel and release. The transmission is now in first gear.
  3. To start forward motion, ease out the clutch lever slowly and at the same time, open throttle gradually.

Upshift (Acceleration)
Refer to Table 23. Engage second gear after the motorcycle has reached the appropriate shifting speed.

Table 23. Upshift (Acceleration) Gear Speeds: Six Speed

GEAR CHANGE mph km/h
First to second 15 25
Second to third 25 40
Third to fourth 35 55
Fourth to fifth 45 70
Fifth to sixth 55 85
  1. Close the throttle.
  2. Disengage the clutch (pull clutch lever in).
  3. See Figure 39. Lift the gear shift lever up to the end of its travel and release.
  4. Ease out the clutch lever and gradually open the throttle.
  5. 5. Repeat the previous steps to engage third, fourth, fifth, and sixth gears.
  • NOTES
    Disengage the clutch completely before each gear change.
  • Partially close the throttle so the engine will not drag when clutch is again engaged (clutch lever released).

2011-2023 Harley Davidson Trike Engine02

Figure 39. Shifting Sequence: Upshift

Downshift (Deceleration)

Do not downshift at speeds higher than those listed. Shifting to lower gears when speed is too high can cause the rear wheel to lose traction and lead to loss of vehicle control, which could result in death or serious injury.(00045b)

Gear shift pattern is first gear down; next five gears up. Refer to Table 24 for shifting speeds.

Table 24. Downshift (Deceleration) Gear Speeds: Six Speed

GEAR CHANGE mph km/h
Sixth to fifth 50 80
Fifth to fourth 40 65
Fourth to third 30 50
Third to second 20 30
Second to first 10 15

NOTE
The shifting points shown in the tables are recommendations. Vehicle owners may determine that their own individual shifting patterns may differ than those stated and are additionally appropriate for individual riding styles.
See Figure 40. When engine speed decreases, as in climbing a hill or running at a reduced speed, shift to the next lower gear while partially closing the throttle so the engine accelerates as soon as the clutch lever is released.

NOTES

  • Disengage the clutch completely before each gear change.
  • Partially close the throttle so the engine will not drag when clutch is again engaged (clutch lever released).

Shift to neutral before stopping engine. Shifting mechanism can be damaged by shifting gears while engine is stopped. (00183a)
The gear shifter mechanism permits shifting the transmission to neutral from either first or second gear.

2011-2023 Harley Davidson Trike Engine03

Figure 40. Shifting Sequence: Downshift

STOPPING THE ENGINE

  1. Stop the engine by turning OFF the engine stop switch on right handlebar.
  2. Turn OFF the ignition/headlamp key switch. If the engine should be stalled or stopped in any way, turn off the ignite tin/headlamp key switch at once to prevent battery discharge.
  3.  Shift the transmission into gear and engage the parking brake

FAQs

What engine options are available for Harley Davidson Trikes in this period?

Harley Davidson Trikes typically come with a range of engine options, including Milwaukee-Eight V-Twin engines with displacements between 107 and 117 cubic inches.

What’s the primary advantage of the Milwaukee-Eight engine over its predecessor?

The Milwaukee-Eight engine’s four-valve cylinder heads provide increased power, a more refined operation, and reduced heat.

What is the typical horsepower output of a Harley Davidson Trike engine in this period?

Depending on the model and engine, Harley Davidson Trikes can generate anywhere from 80 to over 120 horsepower.

What is the recommended oil change interval for these engines?

It is recommended to change the oil in Harley Davidson Trike engines every 3,000 to 5,000 miles, but you should always consult your owner’s manual for the precise interval.

What type of oil should I use for my Trike engine?

Harley Davidson recommends using the Harley Davidson 360 motorcycle oil, which is formulated specifically for their engines. Nevertheless, other high-quality synthetic oils that meet Harley’s requirements are also permissible.

How often should I check the air filter on my Trike?

During routine maintenance, inspect your air filter frequently and replace it if it appears soiled or obstructed. This is typically between 10,000 and 20,000 miles, but consult your owner’s manual for specifics.

Can I use aftermarket exhaust systems on my Harley Davidson Trike?

Yes, there are numerous aftermarket exhaust systems available for Harley Davidson Trikes, but be sure to select one that is compatible with your specific model and engine capacity.

Is it possible to increase the engine’s performance with aftermarket upgrades?

Yes, aftermarket components such as high-flow air filters, performance exhausts, and engine tuners can improve the performance of your Harley Davidson Trike.

How often should I perform routine maintenance on my Trike engine?

Routine maintenance should be performed as specified in the owner’s manual, typically every 5,000 to 10,000 miles.

*What is the recommended tire pressure for Harley Davidson Trikes?

Tire pressure can vary based on model and tire type, but in general, the front tire should be between 36 and 40 psi and the rear tire should be between 40 and 44 psi.

Are there any recalls or common issues with these Trike engines during this period?

It’s essential to consult the Harley Davidson website or contact your local dealership for information on any recalls or known issues specific to your Trike model and year.

Can I convert my Trike to a different engine size or type?

Engine conversions are often difficult and may void your warranty. Before considering such modifications, consult a Harley-Davidson dealer or an experienced motorcycle mechanic.

What is the fuel efficiency of Harley-Davidson Trikes in this period?

Fuel efficiency varies based on engine size, riding technique, and environmental conditions, but in general, you can expect 35-45 miles per gallon (MPG).

How do I properly store my Trike during the winter or extended periods of non-use?

Store your Trike in a cold, dry location, preferably with a battery tender, and adhere to the manufacturer’s winterization instructions.

Can I use regular unleaded gasoline in my Trike, or is premium required?

 Regular unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of 87 is suitable for the majority of Harley-Davidson Trikes. Unless specified in your owner’s manual, premium gasoline is typically not required.

Useful Link

View Full PDF: Harley Davidson Trike 2011-2023 User Manual | Auto User Guide
Alarm System: 2011-2023 Harley Davidson Trike Alarm System

Categories
Harley Davidson

2014-2023 Harley Davidson Sportster Engine

Harley Davidson logo

2014-2023 Harley Davidson Sportster Engine

From 2014 until 2023, the Harley Davidson Sportster engine, a defining icon of American motorcycle tradition, has experienced tremendous evolution and refinement. The Sportster engine has a rich history dating back to the 1950s, and it has kept its famous V-twin design and distinct character while adapting to meet modern performance and environmental criteria. In this introduction, we will look at the evolution and important features of the Harley Davidson Sportster engine during this time period, emphasizing its enduring appeal as well as the technological breakthroughs that have made it a motorcycle industry stalwart.

ENGINE

Starter Does Not Operate or Does Not Turn

Engine Over

  1. Engine OFF/RUN switch in OFF position.
  2. Ignition switch not ON.
  3. Discharged battery or loose or corroded connections (solenoid chatters).
  4. Clutch lever not squeezed against handlebar or transmission not in neutral.
  5. Jiffy stand not in retracted position (for models equipped with jiffy stand interlock).
  6. Blown fuse.

Engine Turns Over But Does Not Start

  1. Fuel tank empty.
  2. Fuel filter clogged.
  3. Discharged battery or loose or damaged battery terminal connections.
  4. Fouled spark plugs.
  5. Spark plug cable connections loose or in bad condition and shorting.
  6. Loose or corroded wire or cable connection(s) at coil or battery.
  7. Fuel pump inoperative.
  8. Blown fuse.

Starts Hard

  1. Spark plugs in bad condition, have improper gap, or are partially fouled.
  2. Spark plug cables in bad condition and leaking.
  3. Battery nearly discharged.
  4. Loose wire or cable connection(s) at one of the battery terminals or at coil.
  5. Engine oil too heavy (winter operation).
  6. Fuel tank vent plugged or fuel line closed off, restricting fuel flow.
  7. Water or dirt in fuel system or filter.
  8. Fuel pump inoperative.

Starts But Runs Irregularly or Misses

  1. Spark plugs in bad condition or partially fouled.
  2. Spark plug cables in bad condition and leaking.
  3. Spark plug gap too close or too wide.
  4. Battery nearly discharged.
  5. Damaged wire or loose connection at battery terminals or coils.
  6. Intermittent short circuit due to damaged wire insulation.
  7. Water or dirt in fuel system or filter.
  8. Fuel vent system plugged. See dealer.
  9. One or more injectors fouled.

A Spark Plug Fouls Repeatedly

  1. Fuel mixture too rich.
  2. Incorrect spark plug.

Pre-ignition or Detonation (Knocks or Pings)

  1. Incorrect fuel.
  2. Incorrect spark plug for kind of service.

Overheats

  1. Insufficient oil supply or oil not circulating.
  2. Heavy carbon deposit from lugging engine. See dealer.
  3. Insufficient air flow over cylinder heads during extended periods of idling or parade duty.

Excessive Vibration

  1. Rear fork pivot shaft loose. See dealer.
  2. Front engine mounting bolts loose. See dealer.
  3. Front chain or links tight as a result of insufficient lubrication or belt badly worn.
  4. Engine to transmission mounting bolts loose (applicable models). See dealer.
  5. Damaged frame. See dealer.
  6. Wheels and/or tires damaged. See dealer.
  7. Vehicle not properly aligned. See dealer.

FAQs

What is the engine displacement of the Sportster models from 2014-2023?

Depending on the model, the engine displacement normally ranges from 883cc to 1,200cc.

Are these engines air-cooled or liquid-cooled?

During this time period, most Sportster engines were air-cooled, keeping the iconic Harley V-twin cooling scheme.

What is the primary advantage of the V-twin engine configuration?

The V-twin engine layout produces good low-end torque, which is suitable for cruiser-style motorcycles such as the Sportster.

How has Harley improved the Sportster engine’s performance over the years?

For improved performance, Harley-Davidson has continuously optimized the engine, including improvements in fuel injection, exhaust, and overall power output.

Are these engines fuel-injected or carbureted?

Sportster engines built after 2007 typically include electronic fuel injection (EFI) for increased fuel efficiency and smoother performance.

What are the key differences between the 883cc and 1,200cc Sportster engines?

The 883cc engine is more approachable to beginners, whereas the 1,200cc engine is more powerful for experienced riders.

Has Harley made any changes to improve the Sportster’s reliability?

Yes, Harley-Davidson has introduced several engineering enhancements throughout the years to improve the reliability of the Sportster engine.

What type of oil should I use for the Sportster engine, and how often should I change it?

Consult the owner’s manual for particular oil recommendations and change intervals, but in general, use high-quality motorcycle oil.

Are there any notable changes in the exhaust systems for these Sportster engines?

Harley-Davidson has launched new exhaust systems that exceed environmental rules while also improving sound and performance.

Can I customize my Sportster engine with aftermarket parts?

Yes, the Sportster is a popular platform for customization, and there is a large choice of aftermarket parts available to customise your bike.

What’s the expected lifespan of a well-maintained Sportster engine?

A Sportster engine can survive for many thousands of miles, potentially exceeding 100,000 miles, if properly maintained.

Does Harley Davidson offer any extended warranty options for these engines?

Yes, Harley-Davidson frequently offers extended warranties for their motorcycles, including the Sportster models.

Are there any notable changes in emissions control technology for Sportster engines during this period?

In order to comply with stricter environmental standards, Harley-Davidson has implemented a variety of emissions control technology.

How has the fuel efficiency of Sportster engines improved over the years?

 Fuel injection and other engineering developments have resulted in greater fuel efficiency in Sportster engines.

Can I use aftermarket performance tuners to enhance the engine’s power output?

While aftermarket tuners can be used to improve engine performance, it is critical to check that these modifications conform with local rules and emissions standards.

Useful Link

View Full PDF : Harley Davidson Sportster 2014-2023 User Manual | Auto User Guide
Seat  : 2014-2023 Harley Davidson Sportster Seat Installation

Categories
Genesis

Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System User Manual

Genesis Logo

Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System User Manual

Introduction

The advanced and high-performance engine and transmission system of the Genesis G70 2020 take its driving performance to a whole new level. The G70’s powertrain components were meticulously and innovatively engineered to provide great performance, efficiency, and responsiveness on the road. The Genesis G70 2020 is equipped with a variety of potent engine options that are made to accommodate different driving tastes. Each engine, from the base 2.0-liter turbocharged four-cylinder to the optional 3.3-liter twin-turbo V6, has been painstakingly designed to produce impressive power output and smooth acceleration, satisfying both spirited driving enthusiasts and those looking for a refined and dynamic ride.

The sophisticated transmission system of the G70 complements the powerful engines. Genesis gives customers the option of a six-speed manual or an eight-speed automatic transmission, allowing them to choose the one that best suits their driving preferences. The eight-speed automatic transmission optimizes power delivery while retaining fuel efficiency by offering smooth shifts and precise gear changes. The six-speed manual transmission, on the other hand, increases driver involvement by giving them complete control over gear selection and an exciting driving experience. The Genesis G70 2020 also makes use of cutting-edge technologies to improve the performance of its engine and transmission. The dynamic and responsive nature of the G70 is enhanced by features like launch control, which improves acceleration from a standstill, and adaptive shift control, which continuously monitors driving conditions and changes gear shifting accordingly.
In conclusion, the engine and transmission system of the Genesis G70 2020 represent the brand’s dedication to providing a thrilling and luxurious driving experience. The G70 ensures that every drive behind the wheel is met with exceptional performance, precision, and pure driving enjoyment thanks to its strong engine selections, cutting-edge gearbox choices, and smart technologies.

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTONGenesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 01

Whenever the front door is opened, the Engine Start/Stop button will illuminate and will go off 30 seconds after the door is closed.

WARNING
To reduce risk of serious injury or death, NEVER allow children or any person who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the Engine Start/Stop button or related parts. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur.

To turn the engine off in an emergency:
Press and hold the Engine Start/Stop button for more than two seconds OR rapidly press and release the Engine Start/Stop button three times (within three seconds).
If the vehicle is still moving, you can restart the engine without depressing the brake pedal by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button with the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position.

  1. NEVER press the Engine Start/Stop button while the vehicle is in motion except in an emergency. This will result in the engine turning off and loss of power assist for the steering and brake systems. This may lead to loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident.
  2. Before leaving the driver’s seat, always make sure the vehicle is in neutral (for manual transmission vehicles) or P (Park, for automatic transmission vehicles), apply the parking brake, press the Engine Start/ Stop button to the OFF position, and take the Smart Key with you. Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed.
  3. NEVER reach through the steering wheel for the Engine Start/Stop button or any other control while the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in this area may cause a loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

Engine Start/Stop button positions
A vehicle with manual transmission OFF
To turn off the engine, stop the vehicle and then press the Engine Start/Stop button.

ACC
Press the Engine Start/Stop button when the button is in the OFF position without depressing the clutch pedal.
Some of the electrical accessories are usable.

NOTICE
If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC position for more than one hour, the battery power will turn off automatically to prevent the battery from discharging.

ON
Press the Engine Start/Stop button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the clutch pedal.
The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started.

NOTICE
Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position when the engine is not running to prevent the battery from discharging.

START
To start the engine, depress the clutch and brake pedals and press the Engine Start/Stop button with the shift lever in neutral.

Information
If you press the Engine Start/Stop button without depressing the clutch pedal, the engine does not start and the Engine Start/Stop button changes as follows:
OFF →→ ACC →→ ON →→ OFF

A vehicle with automatic trans-mission OFF
To turn off the engine, press the Engine Start/Stop button with the vehicle shifted to P (Park).
Also, the engine will turn off when the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed with the shift lever in D (Drive) or R (Reverse) because the transmission automatically shifts to the P (Park) position. But, when it is pressed in N (Neutral), the Engine Start/Stop button will go to the ACC position.

ACC
Press the Engine Start/Stop button when the button is in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal.
Some of the electrical accessories are usable.

NOTICE
If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC position for more than one hour, the battery power will turn off automatically to prevent the battery from discharging.

ON
Press the Engine Start/Stop button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal.
The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started.

NOTICE
Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position when the engine is not running to pre-vent the battery from discharging.

START
To start the engine, depress the brake pedal and press the Engine Start/Stop button with the vehicle shifted to the P (Park) or in the N (Neutral) position.
For your safety, start the engine with the vehicle shifted to the P (Park) position.

Information
If you press the Engine Start/Stop but-ton without depressing the brake pedal, the engine does not start and the Engine Start/Stop button changes as follows:
OFF →→ ACC →→ ON →→ OFF
However, the engine may start if you depress the brake pedal within 0.5 sec-ond after pressing the Engine Start/Stop button from the OFF position.

Starting the Engine

WARNING

  1. Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, sandals, flip-flops, etc., may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedals.
  2. Do not start the vehicle with the accelerator pedal depressed. The vehicle can move and lead to an accident.
  3. Wait until the engine rpm is normal. The vehicle may sud-denly move if the brake pedal is released when the rpm is high.

Information

  1. The engine will start by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button, only when the smart key is in the vehicle.
  2. Even if the smart key is in the vehi-cle, if it is far away from the driver, the engine may not start.
  3. When the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC or ON position, if any door is open, the system checks for the smart key. If the smart key is not in the vehicle, the ” ” indicator will blink and the warning “Key not in vehicle” will come on and if all doors are closed, the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds. Keep the smart key in the vehicle when using the ACC position or if the vehicle engine is ON.

Vehicle with manual transmission:

  1. Always carry the smart key with you.
  2. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
  3. Make sure the vehicle is shifted to N (Neutral).
  4. Depress the clutch and brake pedals.
  5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.

Information
Depress the brake pedal and clutch pedal until the engine starts.

A vehicle with automatic transmission:

  1. Always carry the smart key with you.
  2. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
  3. Make sure the vehicle is shifted to P (Park).
  4. Depress the brake pedal.
  5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.

Information

  1. Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains stationary. Start driving at moderate engine speeds. (Aggressive accelerating and decelerating should be avoided.)
  2. Always start the vehicle with your foot on the brake pedal. Do not depress the accelerator while starting the vehicle. Do not rev the engine while warming it up.

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:

  1. If the engine stalls while you are in motion, do not attempt to shift to the P (Park) position.
    If traffic and road conditions permit, you may put the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position while the vehicle is still moving and press the Engine Start/Stop button in an attempt to restart the engine.
  2. Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine.

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
When the stop lamp switch fuse is blown, you can’t start the engine normally. Replace the fuse with a new one. If you are not able to replace the fuse, you can start the engine by pressing and holding the Engine Start/Stop button for 10 seconds with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC position. Do not press the Engine Start/Stop button for more than 10 seconds except when the stop lamp switch fuse is blown. For your safety always depress the brake and/or clutch pedal before starting the engine.Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 02

Information
If the smart key battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly, you can start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button with the smart key in the direction of the picture above.

Turning Off the Engine
A vehicle with manual transmission:

  1. Stop the vehicle and depress the clutch and brake pedals at the same time.
  2. With the clutch and brake pedals depressed, put the shift lever in neutral.
  3. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the off position and apply the parking brake.

A vehicle with automatic transmission:

  1. Stop the vehicle and depress the brake pedal fully.
  2. Press the P button to shift to P (Park).
  3. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position and apply the parking brake.

MANUAL TRANSMISSION

Manual Transmission OperationGenesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 03

The manual transmission has 6 forward gears. The transmission is fully synchronized in all forward gears so shifting to either a higher or a lower gear is easily accomplished.

WARNING
Before leaving the driver’s seat, always make sure the shift lever is in 1st gear when the vehicle is parked on uphill and in R (Reverse) on a downhill, set the parking brake, and press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position. Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed.

To shift to R (Reverse), make sure the vehicle has completely stopped, and then move the shift lever to neutral before moving into R (Reverse).

When you’ve come to a complete stop and it’s hard to shift into 1st gear or R (Reverse):

  1. Put the shift lever in neutral and release the clutch pedal.
  2. Depress the clutch pedal, and then shift into 1 (first) or R (Reverse) gear.

Information
During cold weather, shifting may be difficult until the transmission lubricant has warmed up.

Using the clutch
The clutch pedal should be depressed all the way before:

  1. Starting the engine
    The engine will not start without depressing the clutch pedal.
  2. Shifting into gear, up shifting to the next higher gear, or downshifting to the next lower gear.

When releasing the clutch pedal, release it slowly. The clutch pedal should always be fully released while driving.

CAUTION
To start or reverse the vehicle, release the clutch pedal slowly after shifting the gear. The sudden release of the clutch pedal may result in an abrupt accident.

NOTICE
To prevent unnecessary wear or damage to the clutch:

  1. Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving.
  2. Do not hold the vehicle with the clutch on an incline, while wait-ing for the traffic light, etc.
  3. Always depress the clutch pedal down fully to prevent noise or damage.
  4. Do not repeatedly depress the clutch pedal before the clutch pedal returns back to its original position when released.
  5. Do not start with the 2nd (sec-ond) gear engaged except when you start on a slippery road.
  6. Do not drive with cargo loaded more than required loading capacity.

Shifting to R (Reverse)Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 04

This manual transmission is designed with a detent to differentiate 1st and R (Reverse) gear. To shift into reverse, you must shift past 1st gear and the detent in order to get into the R (Reverse) gear gate.

  1. R (Reverse) is located to the left side of the 1st gear.
  2. After the vehicle is stoped, push the shift lever to the left side of the 1st gear past the detent then push the shift lever upward.

NOTICE

  1. If you try to shift to the 1st gear too quickly, it is possible to shift to R (Reverse) instead of 1st gear.
  2. Before driving you should learn how to shift to R (Reverse), to 1st gear or 2nd gear.
  3. Shift to R only when the vehicle is stationary. When the shift lever is pressed to the left, a slight resistance has to be overcome.
  4. When shifting into 5th or 6th gear, push the shift lever to the right. Otherwise, inadvertently shifting to the 3rd or 4th gear may cause engine damage.

Downshifting
Downshift to a lower gear when slowing down in heavy traffic or driving up a steep hill to prevent high engine loads.
Also, downshifting reduces the chance of stalling and helps reaccelerate the vehicle when you need to increase your speed.
When the vehicle is going downhill, downshifting helps maintain safe speed by providing engine braking (brake power from the engine) and results in less wear on the brakes.

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the engine, clutch, and transmission:

  1. When downshifting from 5th gear to 4th gear, be careful not to inadvertently push the shift lever sideways engaging the 2nd gear. A drastic downshift may cause the engine speed to increase to the point the tachometer will enter the red zone and may cause engine damage.
  2. Do not downshift more than two gear at a time or downshift the gear when the engine is running at high speed (5,000 rpm or higher).
    Such downshifting may damage the engine, clutch and transmission.

Good Driving Practices

  1. Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill. This is extremely dangerous.
  2. Don’t “ride” the brakes. This can cause the brakes and related parts to overheat and malfunction. When you are driving down a long hill, slow down and shift to a lower gear. Engine braking will help slow down the vehicle.
  3. Slow down before shifting to a lower gear. This will help avoid over-revving the engine, which can cause damage.
  4. Slow down when you encounter cross winds. This gives you much better control of your vehicle.
  5. Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you shift into R (Reverse) to prevent damage to the transmission.
  6. Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident

WARNING
Do not use aggressive engine braking (shifting from a higher gear to a lower gear) on slippery roads. This could cause the tires to slip and may result in an accident.

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:

  1. ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belt-ed occupant.
  2. Avoid high speeds when cor-nering or turning.
  3. Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns.\
  4. The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds.
  5. Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway.
  6. In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes.
  7. Genesis Branded Vehicle rec-ommends you follow all post-ed speed limits.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONGenesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 05

Automatic Transmission Operation
The automatic transmission has eight forward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position.

WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:

  1. ALWAYS check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
  2. Before leaving the driver’s seat, always make sure the vehicle is shifted to the P (Park) position, then apply the parking brake, and press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these precautions are not followed.
  3. When using the paddle shifter (manual mode), do not use engine braking (shifting from a high gear to a lower gear) rapidly on slippery roads. The vehicle may slip causing an accident.

Transmission ranges
The indicator in the instrument clus-ter displays the gear position when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 06

Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P (Park).
To shift the gear from R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive) or Manual shift mode to P (Park), press the P button.
If you turn off the engine in D (Drive), R (Reverse) or Manual shift mode the shifting automatically changes to P (Park).
When you park the vehicle, press the P button while depressing the brake pedal and then apply the parking brake.

WARNING

  1. After the vehicle has stopped, always make sure the vehicle is in P (Park), apply the park-ing brake, and turn the engine off.
  2. When parking on an incline, place the shift lever in P (Park) and apply the parking brake to prevent the vehicle from rolling downhill.

R (Reverse)Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 07

Use this position to drive the vehicle rearward.
To move the shift lever to R (Reverse), press the UNLOCK button while depressing the brake pedal and then move the shift lever for-ward.

CAUTION
Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you may damage the transmission if you shift into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is in motion.

N (Neutral)Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 08

The wheels and transmission are not engaged.
Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart a stalled engine. Shift into P (Park) if you need to leave your vehicle for any reason. Always depress the brake pedal when you are shifting from N (Neutral) to another gear. In N (Neutral), if the driver attempts to turn off the engine, the transmission remains in the N (Neutral) position and the Engine Start/Stop button will be in the ACC position.
To turn off the engine from the ACC position, press the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position, press the P button, and then press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF posi-tion.
When either the driver’s door or the front passenger’s door is opened with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC position and the shift lever in N (Neutral) position, the engine is automatically turned OFF and the transmission automatically changes to the P (Park) position.

WARNING

  1. Do not shift into gear unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal. Press the P (Park) button when idling the vehicle for an extended period of time. The wheels and the transmission are not engaged. When parked with the engine running, press the P (Park) button and apply the parking brake.
  2. Do not drive with the shift lever in N (Neutral). Doing so may result in an accident because of a loss of engine braking and the transmission could be damaged.

D (Drive)
This is the normal driving position. The transmission will automatically shift through an eight-gear sequence, providing the best fuel economy and power.
For extra power when passing another vehicle or driving uphill depress the accelerator pedal further until you feel the transmission downshift to a lower gear.Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 09

To shift into D (Drive), depress the brake pedal and press the UNLOCK button on the shift lever. Move the shift lever rearward.
To shift into D (Drive) from N (Neutral), you must depress the brake pedal.

Information
Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D (Drive).

Shift-lock system
For your safety, the automatic transmission has a shift-lock system that prevents shifting the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse) or D (Drive) unless the UNLOCK but-ton is pressed while depressing the brake pedal.

To shift from P (Park) into R (Reverse) or D (Drive):

  1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
  2. Start the engine or press the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
  3. Move the shift lever to R (Reverse) or D (Drive) while pressing the UNLOCK button.

When the battery is discharged:Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 10

You cannot move the shift lever when the battery is discharged.
In emergencies, do the following to move the shift lever to N (Neutral) on level ground.

  1. Connect the battery cables from another vehicle or from another battery to the jump-starting terminals inside the engine compartment.
    For more information refer to “Jump Starting” in chapter 6.
  2. Release the parking brake by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button two times to select the ON position.
  3. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
  4. Remove the cap-cover (1) and press the P release button (2) while depressing the brake pedal. Then, the gear will change to the N (Neutral) position.The button (2) operates only for 20 seconds to change the gear between P (Park) and N (Neutral) from the time when the button (2) is first pressed.

Information
In situations when the gear needs to be shifted from P (Park) to N (Neutral) when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF position, refer to step 4.

Parking
Always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Shift the vehicle into the P (Park) position, apply the parking brake, and press the Engine Start/Stop but-ton to the OFF position. Take the Key with you when exiting the vehicle.

WARNING

  1. When you stay in the vehicle with the engine running, be careful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of time. The engine or exhaust system may overheat and start a fire.
  2. The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot. Keep away from the exhaust system components.
  3. Do not stop or park over flam-mable materials, such as dry grass, paper or leaves. They may ignite and cause a fire.

Paddle Shifter (Manual Shift Mode)Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 11

The paddle shifter is available when the shift lever is in the D (Drive) position.
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear and the system changes from automatic shift mode to manual shift mode.

To change back to the automatic shift mode from the manual shift mode, do one of the following:

  1. Move the shift lever down toward the D (Drive) position.
  2. Gently depress the accelerator pedal for more than 5 seconds.
  3. Drive the vehicle under 4 mph (7 km/h).
  4. Pull and hold the right side paddle shifter.

Information
If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are pulled at the same time, gear change may not occur.

LCD Display Messages
Shifter system malfunctionGenesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 12

The message appears on the LCD display when the transmission or the shift lever does not properly operate in the P (Park) position.
Immediately have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Check shift leverGenesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 13

The message appears on the LCD display when there is a malfunction with one of the key transmission shifter components.
Immediately have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Shifting conditions not metGenesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 14

The message appears on the LCD display when engine rpm is too high, or when driving speed is too fast to shift the gear.
Decrease the vehicle speed or slow down before shifting the gear.

Press brake pedal to change gearGenesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 15

The message appears on the LCD display when the brake pedal is not depressed while shifting the gear.
Depress the brake pedal and then shift the gear.

Shift to P after stoppingGenesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 16

The message appears on the LCD display when the gear is shifted to P (Park) while the vehicle is moving.
Stop the vehicle before shifting to P (Park).

Press P for parkGenesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 17

The message appears on the LCD display to inform the driver to press the P button to shift to P (Park) when the driver moves the shift lever upward even though the gear is in R (Reverse).

Check P buttonGenesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 18

The message appears on the LCD display when there is a problem with the P button.
Immediately have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Press brake pedal then press P RELEASE buttonGenesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 19

The message appears on the LCD display when the driver presses the P RELEASE button without depress-ing the brake pedal.
Depress the brake pedal before pressing the P RELEASE button.

Check P RELEASE buttonGenesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 20

The message appears on the LCD display when there is problem with the P RELEASE button.
Immediately have the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Press UNLOCK to change gearGenesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 21

The message appears on the LCD display when the UNLOCK button is not pressed while shifting the gear. Press the UNLOCK button and then shift the gear.

PARK engagedGenesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 22

The message appears on the LCD display when the P (Park) position is engaged.

NEUTRAL engagedGenesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 23

The message appears on the LCD display when the N (Neutral) position is engaged.

Good Driving Practices

  1. Never shift from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other position with the accelerator pedal depressed.
  2. Never shift into P (Park) when the vehicle is in motion.
  3. Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
  4. Do not move the shift lever to N (Neutral) when driving. If the shift lever is moved to N (Neutral) while driving, the vehicle loses the ability to provide engine braking. Doing so may increase the risk of an acci-dent.
  5. Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but consistent pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear and possibly even brake failure.
  6. When driving in Manual shift mode with the paddle shifter, slow down before shifting to a lower gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may not be engaged if the engine rpms are outside of the allowable range.
  7. Depressing both accelerator and brake pedals at the same time can trigger logic for engine power reduction to assure vehicle deceleration. Vehicle acceleration will resume after the brake pedal is released.
  8. Always apply the parking brake when leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on placing the transmission in P (Park) to keep the vehicle from moving.
  9. Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
  10. Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator.

WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:

  1. ALWAYS wear your seat belt. In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belt-ed occupant.
  2. Avoid high speeds when cor-nering or turning.
  3. Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
  4. The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds.
  5. Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway.
  6. In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes.
  7. Genesis Branded Vehicle rec-ommends you follow all post-ed speed limits.

Information – Kickdown Mechanism
Use the kickdown mechanism for maximum acceleration. Depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pressure point. The automatic transmission will shift to a lower gear depending on the engine speed.

BRAKING SYSTEM

Power Brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage.
If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving, the power assist for the brakes will not work. You can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than typical. The stopping dis-tance, however, will be longer than with power brakes. When the engine is not running, the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied. Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted. Pump the brake pedal only when necessary to maintain steering con-trol on slippery surfaces.

WARNING
Take the following precautions:

  1. Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. This will create abnormal high brake temperatures, exces-sive brake lining and pad wear, and increased stopping distances.
  2. When descending down a long or steep hill, move the gear shift lever to Manual Shift Mode and manually downshift to a lower gear in order to control your speed without using the brake pedal excessively. Applying the brakes continuously will cause the brakes to overheat and could result in a tempo-rary loss of braking perform-ance.
  3. Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s ability to safely slow down; the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied. Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way. Always test your brakes in this fash-ion after driving through deep water. To dry the brakes, light-ly tap the brake pedal to heat up the brakes while maintain-ing a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal. Avoid driving at high speeds until the brakes func-tion correctly.

High-Performance Brake (if equipped)
For vehicles equipped with the High-Performance Brake (large-diameter Brembo brakes for enhanced braking performance), noise such as a squeal, squeak or groan is generat-ed while braking. This is normal and the friction may create circle patterns on the disc surface. This is also a normal situation which does not affect braking performance.

NOTICE

  1. Occasional brake noise is normal. If a continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present, the brake lining may be worn-out. Have the vehicle checked by an authorized retail-er of Genesis Branded products.
  2. If the vehicle has continuous vibration or shudders in the steering wheel while braking, have the vehicle be checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

WARNING
Frequent speeding and braking may deform components and worn the disc brake causing vibration when braking. Prevent brake damage by avoiding excessive braking.
Brake wear, noise, vibration from excessive braking or deformation of the brakes caused by repeatedly braking in high speed, racing on tracks, etc. can be excluded from war-ranty coverage.

Disc Brakes Wear Indicator
When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required, you will hear a high-pitched warning sound from your front or rear brakes. You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal. Note that some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply (or lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes.

NOTICE
To avoid costly brake repairs, do not continue to drive with worn brake pads.

Information
Always replace brake pads as com-plete front or rear axle sets.

Parking Brake Hand type (if equipped)Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 24

Always set the parking brake before leaving the vehicle. To apply the parking brake:
Firmly depress the brake pedal. Pull up the parking brake lever as far as possible.

WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, do not oper-ate the parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the brake system and lead to an accident.Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 25

To release:
Firmly depress the brake pedal. While pressing the release button (1), slightly pull up on the parking brake lever then lower the parking brake lever (2).
If the parking brake does not release or does not release all the way, have your vehicle checked by an author-ized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Foot type (if equipped)Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 26

Always set the parking brake before leaving the vehicle. To apply the parking brake:
Firmly depress the brake pedal. Depress the parking brake pedal down as far as possible.

WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, do not oper-ate the parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the brake system and lead to an accident.Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 27

To release:
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
Depress the parking brake pedal down and it will release automatically.
If the parking brake does not release or does not release all the way, have your vehicle checked by an author-ized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

WARNING

  1. Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Shift the vehicle to neutral (for manual transmission vehicle) or P (Park, for automatic transmission vehicle), apply the parking brake, and press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position. Vehicles with the parking brake not fully engaged are at risk for moving inadvertently and causing injury to yourself or others.
  2. When parking on an incline, block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from rolling down.
  3. NEVER allow anyone who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the parking brake. If the parking brake is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur.
  4. Only release the parking brake when you are seated inside the vehicle with your foot firmly on the brake pedal.

NOTICE

  1. Do not apply the accelerator pedal while the parking brake is engaged. If you depress the accelerator pedal with the park-ing brake engaged, warning will sound. Damage to the parking brake may occur.
  2. Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the braking sys-tem and cause premature wear or damage to brake parts. Make sure the parking brake is released and the Brake Warning Light is off before driving.

Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 28Check the Parking Brake Warning Light by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position (do not start the engine). This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the Engine Start/Stop button in the START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking brake is released and the Brake Warning Light is OFF. If the Parking Brake Warning Light remains on after the parking brake is released while engine is running, there may be a malfunction in the brake system. Immediate attention is necessary. If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle immediately. If that is not possible, use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location.

Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) (if equipped)
Applying the parking brakeGenesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 29

To apply the EPB
(Electronic Parking Brake):

  1. Depress the brake pedal.
  2. Pull up the EPB switch.

Make sure the Parking Brake Warning Light comes on.

WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, do not oper-ate the EPB while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the brake system and lead to an accident.

Releasing the parking brakeGenesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 30

To release the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake), press the EPB switch in the following condition:

  1. Place the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position.
  2. Depress the brake pedal.

Make sure the Parking Brake Warning Light goes off.

To release EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) automatically:

  1. Gear in P (Park)
    With the engine running depress the brake pedal and shift out of P (Park) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
  2. Gear in N (Neutral)
    With the engine running depress the brake pedal and shift out of N (Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
  3. Satisfy the following conditions
    1. Ensure seat belts are fastened and the doors, hood and trunk are closed.
    2. With the engine running, depress the brake pedal and shift out of P (Park) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or Manual shift mode.
    3. Depress the accelerator pedal.

Make sure the Parking Brake Warning light goes off.

Information

  1. For your safety, you can engage the EPB even though the Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF posi-tion, but you cannot release it.
  2. For your safety, depress the brake pedal and release the parking brake manually with the EPB switch when you drive downhill or when backing up the vehicle.

NOTICE

  1. If the parking brake warning light is still on even though the EPB has been released, have the system checked by an author-ized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
  2. Do not drive your vehicle with the EPB applied. It may cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear.

EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) may be automatically applied when:

  1. Requested by other systems
  2. If the driver turns the engine off while Auto Hold is operating, EPB will be automatically applied.

Warning messagesGenesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 31

To release EPB, fasten seatbelt, close door, hood and trunk

  1. If you try to drive with the EPB applied, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
  2. If the driver’s seat belt is unfas-tened and the engine hood or trunk is opened, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
  3. If there is a problem with the vehi-cle, a warning may sound and a message may appear.

If the situation occurs, depress the brake pedal and release EPB by pressing the EPB switch.

WARNING

  1. Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Shift into the P (Park) posi-tion, press the EPB switch, and press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF posi-tion. Take the Smart Key with you when exiting the vehicle. Vehicles not fully engaged in P (Park) with the parking brake set are at risk for mov-ing inadvertently and causing injury to yourself or others.
  2. NEVER allow anyone who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the EPB switch. If the EPB is released unintentional-ly, serious injury may occur.
  3. Only release the EPB when you are seated inside the vehicle with your foot firmly on the brake pedal.

NOTICE

  1. Do not apply the accelerator pedal while the parking brake is engaged. If you depress the accelerator pedal with the EPB engaged, a warning will sound and a message will appear. Damage to the parking brake may occur.
  2. Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the braking sys-tem and cause premature wear or damage to brake parts. Make sure the EPB is released and the Parking Brake Warning Light is off before driving.

Information

  1. A clicking sound may be heard while operating or releasing the EPB. These conditions are normal and indicate that the EPB is func-tioning properly.
  2. When leaving your keys with a parking attendant or assistant, make sure to inform him/her how to operate the EPB.

Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 32

AUTO HOLD turning Off!
Press brake pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a warning will sound and a message will appear.Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 33

Parking brake automatically engaged
If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold is activated, a warning will sound and a message will appear.

EPB malfunction indicatorGenesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 34

This warning light illuminates if the Engine Start/Stop button is changed to the ON position and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the sys-tem is operating normally.
If the EPB malfunction indicator remains on, comes on while driving, or does not come on when the Engine Start/Stop button is changed to the ON position, this indicates that the EPB may have malfunctioned. If this occurs, have the system checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
The EPB malfunction indicator may illuminate when the ESC indicator comes on to indicate that the ESC is not working properly, but it does not indicate a malfunction of the EPB.

NOTICE

  1. If the EPB warning light is still on, have the system checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
  2. If the parking brake warning light does not illuminate or blinks even though the EPB switch was pulled up, the EPB may not be applied.
  3. If the parking brake warning light blinks when the EPB warn-ing light is on, press the switch, and then pull it up. Repeat this one more time. If the EPB warn-ing does not go off, have the system checked by an authorised retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Emergency braking
If there is a problem with the brake pedal while driving, emergency brak-ing is possible by pulling up and holding the EPB switch. Braking is possible only while you are holding the EPB switch. However, braking distance will be longer than normal.

WARNING
Do not operate the parking brake while the vehicle is mov-ing except in an emergency sit-uation. It could damage the brake system and lead to a severe accident.

Information
During emergency braking, the park-ing brake warning light will illumi-nate to indicate that the system is operating.

NOTICE
If you continuously notice a noise or burning smell when the EPB is used for emergency braking, have the system checked by an author-ized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

When the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) does not release
If the EPB does not release normal-ly, contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products by load-ing the vehicle on a flatbed tow truck and have the system checked.

Auto Hold
The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle in a standstill even though the brake pedal is not depressed after the driv-er brings the vehicle to a complete stop by depressing the brake pedal.

To apply:Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 35

  1. With the driver’s door and engine hood closed, fasten the driver’s seat belt or depress the brake pedal and then press the [AUTO HOLD] switch. The white AUTO HOLD indicator will come on and the system will be in the standby position.Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 36
  2. When you stop the vehicle com-pletely by depressing the brake pedal, the Auto Hold maintains the brake pressure to hold the vehicle stationary. The indicator changes from white to green.
  3. The vehicle will remain stationary even if you release the brake pedal.
  4. If the EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be released.

To release:

  1. If you depress the accelerator pedal with the shift lever in D (Drive) or Manual shift mode, the Auto Hold will be released auto-matically and the vehicle will start to move. The AUTO HOLD indica-tor changes from green to white.
  2. If the vehicle is restarted using the cruise control toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) while Auto Hold and cruise control is operating, the Auto Hold will be released regardless of accelerator pedal operation. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white. (if equipped with cruise control system)

WARNING
When the AUTO HOLD is auto-matically released by depress-ing the accelerator pedal, always take a look around your vehicle.
Slowly depress the accelerator pedal for a smooth start.

To cancel:Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 37

  1. Depress the brake pedal.
  2. Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch.

The AUTO HOLD indicator will turn off.

WARNING
To prevent, unexpected and sud-den vehicle movement, ALWAYS press your foot on the brake pedal to cancel the Auto Hold before you:

  1. Drive downhill.
  2. Park the vehicle.

Information

  1. The Auto Hold does not operate when:
    1. The driver’s seat belt is unfastened and driver’s door is opened
    2. The engine hood is opened
    3. The gear is in P (Park)
    4. The EPB is applied
  2. For your safety, the Auto Hold auto-matically switches to EPB when:
    1. The driver’s seat belt is unfastened and driver’s door is opened
    2. The engine hood is opened with the shift lever is in D (Drive)
    3. The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes
    4. The vehicle stands on a steep slope
    5. The vehicle moves several times
      In these cases, the parking brake warning light comes on, the AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white, and a warning sound and a message will appear to inform you that EPB has been automatical-ly engaged. Before driving off again, press foot brake pedal, check the surrounding area near your vehicle and release parking brake manually with the EPB switch.
  3. While operating Auto Hold, you may hear mechanical noise. However, it is normal operating noise.

NOTICE
If the AUTO HOLD indicator changes to yellow, the Auto Hold is not working properly. Contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

WARNING

  1. Depress the accelerator pedal slowly when you start the vehicle.
  2. For your safety, cancel the Auto Hold when you drive downhill, back up the vehicle or park the vehicle.

NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the driver’s door or engine hood open detection system, the Auto Hold may not work properly.
Contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Warning messagesGenesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 38

Parking brake automatically engaged
When the EPB is applied from Auto Hold, a warning will sound and a message will appear.Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 39

AUTO HOLD turning Off

Press brake pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a warning will sound and a message will appear.
When this message is displayed, the Auto Hold and EPB may not operate. For your safety, depress the brake pedal.Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 40

Press brake pedal to deactivate AUTO HOLD
If you did not apply the brake pedal when you release the Auto Hold by pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a warning will sound and a message will appear.Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 41

AUTO HOLD conditions not met. Close door and hood, then fasten the seatbelt
When you press the [AUTO HOLD] switch, if the driver’s door and engine hood are not closed or the driver’s seat belt is unfastened, a warning will sound and a message will appear on the LCD display. At this moment, press the [AUTO HOLD] button after closing the driver’s door and engine hood, and fastening the seat belt.

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

WARNING
An Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) or an Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers. Even though vehi-cle control is improved during emergency braking, always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead of you. Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions. The braking distance for cars equipped with ABS or ESC may be longer than for those without these systems in the following road conditions.
Drive your vehicle at reduced speeds during the following conditions:

  1. Rough, gravel or snow-cov-ered roads.
  2. On roads where the road sur-face is pitted or has different surface height.
  3. Tire chains are installed on your vehicle.

The safety features of an ABS or ESC equipped vehicle should not be tested by high speed driving or cornering. This could endanger the safety of yourself or others.
ABS is an electronic braking system that helps prevent a braking skid. ABS allows the driver to steer and brake at the same time.

Using ABS
To obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situation, do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes. Depress your brake pedal as hard as possible. When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ABS is active.
ABS does not reduce the time or dis-tance it takes to stop the vehicle.
Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you.
ABS will not prevent a skid that results from sudden changes in direction, such as trying to take a corner too fast or making a sudden lane change. Always drive at a safe speed for the road and weather con-ditions.
ABS cannot prevent a loss of stabili-ty. Always steer moderately when braking hard. Severe or sharp steer-ing wheel movement can still cause your vehicle to veer into oncoming traffic or off the road. On loose or uneven road surfaces, operation of the anti-lock brake sys-tem may result in a longer stopping distance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system.
The ABS warning light will stay on for several seconds after the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position. During that time, the ABS will go through self-diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is nor-mal. If the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS. Contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products as soon as possible.

WARNING
If the ABS warning light is on and stays on, you may have a problem with the ABS. Your power brakes will work normal-ly. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products as soon as possible.

CAUTION
When you drive on a road hav-ing poor traction, such as an icy road, and apply your brakes continuously, the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light ( ) may illuminate. Pull your car over to a safe place and turn the engine off. Restart the engine. If the ABS warning light is off, then your ABS system is normal.
Otherwise, you may have a problem with your ABS system. Contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products as soon as possible.

Information
When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery, the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time. This happens because of the low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning. Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle.

Electronic Stability Control (ESC)Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 42Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 43

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers. ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going. ESC applies braking pressure to any one of the vehicle’s brakes and intervenes in the engine management system to assist the driver with keeping the vehicle on the intended path. It is not a substitute for safe driving practices. Always adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions.

WARNING
Never drive too fast for road conditions or too quickly when cornering. The ESC system will not prevent accidents.
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers, and hydroplaning on wet surfaces can result in severe accidents.

ESC operation
ESC ON condition
When the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position, the ESC and the ESC OFF indicator lights illuminate for approximately three seconds. After both lights go off, the ESC is enabled.

When operating
When the ESC is in operation, the ESC indicator light blinks:Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 44

  1. When you apply your brakes under conditions that may lock the wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ESC is active.
  2. When the ESC activates, the engine may not respond to the accelerator as it does under rou-tine conditions.
  3. If the Cruise Control was in use when the ESC activates, the Cruise Control automatically disengages. The Cruise Control can be reengaged when the road conditions allow. See “Cruise Control System” later in this chapter. (if equipped)
  4. When moving out of the mud or driving on a slippery road, the engine RPM (revolutions per minute) may not increase even if you press the accelerator pedal deeply. This is to maintain the sta-bility and traction of the vehicle and does not indicate a problem.

ESC OFF condition
To cancel ESC operation:Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 45

  1. State 1
    Press the ESC OFF button briefly. The ESC OFF indicator light and message “Traction Control disabled” will illuminate. In this state, the trac-tion control function of ESC (engine management) is disabled, but the brake control function of ESC (brak-ing management) still operates.
    Genesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 46
  2. State 2
    Press and hold the ESC OFF button continuously for more than 3 seconds. The ESC OFF indicator light and the message “Traction and Stability Control disabled” illuminates and a warning chime sounds. In this state, both the traction control function of ESC (engine management) and the brake control function of ESC (braking management) are disabled.
    If the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed to the OFF position when ESC is off, ESC remains off. Upon restarting the engine, the ESC will automatically turn on again.

Indicator lightsGenesis G70 2020 Engine and Transmission System 47

When the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed to the ON position, the ESC indicator light illuminates, then goes off if the ESC system is operat-ing normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks when-ever the ESC is operating.
If ESC indicator light stays on, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the ESC system. When this warning light illuminates have your vehicle checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products as soon as possible. The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off.

WARNING
When the ESC is blinking, this indicates the ESC is active:
Drive slowly and NEVER attempt to accelerate. NEVER turn the ESC off while the ESC indicator light is blinking or you may lose control of the vehicle resulting in an accident.

NOTICE
Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized wheels and tires installed.

ESC OFF usage
When Driving
The ESC OFF mode should only be used briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in snow or mud by temporarily stopping operation of the ESC to maintain wheel torque.
To turn ESC off while driving, press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface.

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the transmission:

  1. Do not allow the wheel(s) of one axle to spin excessively while the ESC, ABS, and parking brake warning lights are displayed. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Reduce engine power and do not spin the wheel(s) excessively while these lights are displayed.
  2. When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer, make sure the ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light illuminated).

Information
Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or standard brake system operation.

Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) is a function of the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system. It helps ensure the vehicle stays stable when accelerating or braking suddenly on wet, slippery and rough roads where traction over the four tires can suddenly become uneven.

WARNING
Take the following precautions when using Vehicle Stability Management (VSM):

  1. ALWAYS check the speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead. The VSM is not a substitute for safe driving practices.
  2. Never drive too fast for road conditions.The VSM system will not prevent accidents. Excessive speed in bad weather, slippery and uneven roads can result in severe accidents.

VSM operation

VSM ON condition
The VSM operates when:

  1. The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is on.
  2. Vehicle speed is approximately above 9 mph (15 km/h) on curve roads.
  3. Vehicle speed is approximately above 12 mph (20 km/h) when the vehicle is braking on rough roads.

When operating
When you apply your brakes under conditions which may activate the ESC, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sen-sation in the brake pedal. This is nor-mal and it means your VSM is active.

NOTICE
The VSM does not operate when:

  1. Driving on a banked road such as gradient or incline.
  2. Driving rearward.
  3. ESC OFF indicator light is on.
  4. EPS (Electric Power Steering) warning light is on or blinks.

WARNING
If ESC indicator light ( ) or EPS warning light ( ) stays on or blinks, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the VSM system. When the warning light illuminates, have your vehicle checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products as soon as possible.

Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive a vehicle with different-sized tires and wheels installed.

Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) helps prevent the vehicle from rolling backward when starting a vehicle from a stop on a hill. The system operates the brakes automatically for approximately 2 seconds and releases the brake after 2 seconds or when the accelerator pedal is depressed.

WARNING
Always be ready to depress the accelerator pedal when starting off on an incline.The HAC activates only for approximately 2 seconds.

NOTICE

  1. The HAC does not operate when the vehicle is shifted to P (Park) or N (Neutral)
  2. The HAC activates even though the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is off but does not acti-vate when the ESC has malfunctioned.

Good Braking Practices

WARNING
Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a com-plete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Shift the vehicle to neutral (for manu-al transmission vehicle) or P (Park, for automatic transmission vehicles), apply the parking brake, and press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
Vehicles parked with the parking brake not applied or not fully engaged may roll inadvertently and may cause injury to the driver and others. ALWAYS apply the parking brake before exiting the vehicle.

Wet brakes can be dangerous! The brakes may get wet if the vehicle is driven through standing water or if it is washed. Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side. To dry the brakes, apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal, taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times. If the braking action does not return to normal, stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for assistance.
DO NOT drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but constant pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear, and possibly even brake failure.
If a tire goes flat while you are driv-ing, apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you slow down. When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off the road and stop in a safe location. Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped to prevent the vehicle from rolling for-ward.

FAQs

What kind of an engine does the 2020 Genesis G70 have?

There are two engine choices for the Genesis G70 2020: a 3.3-liter twin-turbocharged V6 engine and a 2.0-liter turbocharged inline-4 engine.

What is the 2.0-liter engine’s horsepower output?

The inline-4 2.0-liter turbocharged engine has a 252 horsepower output.

What is the 3.3-liter V6 engine’s horsepower capacity?

The V6 engine’s 3.3-liter twin turbocharger produces 365 horsepower.

How is the Genesis G70 2020’s transmission configured?

The eight-speed automatic transmission that comes standard with the Genesis G70 2020.

Will the 2020 Genesis G70 be available with a manual transmission?

A 6-speed manual transmission is offered for the version of the 2.0-liter turbocharged engine.

Does the 2020 Genesis G70 come with all-wheel drive or rear-wheel drive?

Both rear-wheel drive and all-wheel drive models of the Genesis G70 2020 are offered.

What is the 2020 Genesis G70’s fuel economy?

The engine and drivetrain have an impact on fuel efficiency. The 3.3-liter V6 engine gets roughly 17 mpg in the city and 25 mpg on the highway, compared to the 2.0-liter engine’s 22 mpg in the city and 30 mpg on the interstate.

A sport mode is present on the Genesis G70 2020, correct?

The Genesis G70 2020 is equipped with a sport mode that improves the engine’s performance and responsiveness.

Can paddle shifters be added to the 2020 Genesis G70?

Paddle shifters, which enable manual shifting control, are available on some Genesis G70 2020 trim levels.

What is the Genesis G70 2020’s highest speed?

The Genesis G70 2020’s top speed varies based on the engine and configuration, however the 3.3-liter V6 engine can propel the vehicle to a top speed of roughly 167 mph.

The Genesis G70 2020 has launch control, right?

Launch control, which adjusts acceleration for maximum performance, is present on the Genesis G70 2020.

What is the Genesis G70 2020’s 0-60 mph acceleration time?

The engine and configuration have an impact on how quickly a vehicle accelerates from 0 to 60 mph. It takes the 3.3-liter V6 engine type about 4.5 seconds to do so.

The Genesis G70 2020 will include adaptive cruise control, right?

Adaptive cruise control is a feature of the Genesis G70 2020’s cutting-edge driver assistance technologies.

Can a trailer be towed by the Genesis G70 2020?

When correctly equipped, the Genesis G70 2020 has a towing capacity of up to 1,650 pounds.

What kind of fuel is necessary for the Genesis G70 2020?

Premium unleaded fuel is required for the Genesis G70 2020 to operate at its best.

Useful Links

View Full Manual: Genesis G70 2020 User Manual | Auto User Guide
Download Manuals: Manuals and Warranties | Genesis Resources | MyGenesis

Categories
Mazda

2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual

What type of engine does the 2020 Mazda3 have?

The 2.0-liter Skyactiv-G four-cylinder engine and the 2.5-liter Skyactiv-G four-cylinder engine are the two engine choices for the 2020 Mazda3.

What is the horsepower of the 2.0-liter engine in the 2020 Mazda3?

The 2020 Mazda3’s 2.0-liter Skyactiv-G engine makes 155 horsepower.

How much horsepower does the 2.5-liter engine in the 2020 Mazda3 have?

The 2020 Mazda3’s 2.5-liter Skyactiv-G engine produces 186 horsepower.

What type of transmission does the 2020 Mazda3 come with?

The six-speed manual or six-speed automatic transmission are both options for the 2020 Mazda3.

Is all-wheel drive (AWD) available on the 2020 Mazda3?

The 2020 Mazda3 has all-wheel drive as an option on some model levels.

What is the fuel economy of the 2020 Mazda3 with the 2.0-liter engine and automatic transmission?

The 2020 Mazda3 gets about 27 mpg in the city and 36 mpg on the highway when equipped with the 2.0-liter engine with automatic transmission.

Can the 2020 Mazda3 be equipped with a turbocharged engine?

A turbocharged engine is not a factory-installed option for the 2020 Mazda3.

How many gears does the automatic transmission have in the 2020 Mazda3?

The 2020 Mazda3’s six-speed automatic transmission features six speeds.

Does the 2020 Mazda3 have a sport mode for the transmission?

The 2020 Mazda3 has a Sport setting for more engaging driving dynamics if it has an automatic transmission.

Can the 2020 Mazda3 be flat-towed behind an RV?

Because flat-towing the 2020 Mazda3 could harm the drivetrain, Mazda does not advise it.

Does the 2020 Mazda3 have paddle shifters?

The 2020 Mazda3 does not have paddle shifters.

What is the maximum towing capacity of the 2020 Mazda3?

The 2020 Mazda3 is not intended to be towed, and Mazda has not given this vehicle a maximum towing capability.

Useful Links

View Full User: 2020 Mazda3 User Manual | Auto User Guide
Download Link: Owner’s – Manuals, Guides, Maintenance Schedules | Mazda USA

Mazda Logo

2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual

Introduction

A compact car with a blend of fashionable styling, exciting driving qualities, and cutting-edge technology is the 2020 Mazda3. Its engine and transmission system are one of the main factors that affect how well it performs. The 2020 Mazda3 has a choice of two different engines under the hood. A 2.0-liter Skyactiv G four-cylinder engine, which offers a sporty performance, is the first. It produces 150 lb-ft of torque and 155 horsepower, making for a brisk and responsive driving experience. With a balance between power and fuel efficiency, this engine is renowned for its efficiency.

Mazda provides a second engine option for the Mazda3 for customers desiring even more power. A 2.5-liter Skyactiv-G four-cylinder engine with 186 hp and 186 lb-ft of torque powers the vehicle. This engine is excellent for drivers who want a more thrilling driving experience because it has impressive acceleration and a smooth power delivery. In terms of transmission choices, Mazda provides the 2020 Mazda3 with both manual and automatic gearboxes. Six-speed manual transmission is the standard transmission, giving drivers who desire complete control over gear changes a more exciting and hands-on driving experience.

Engine and Transmission

Ignition Switch

Push Button Start Positions
The system operates only when the key is within operational range. Each time the push button start is pressed, the ignition switches in the order of off, ACC, and ON. Pressing the push button start again from ON switches the ignition off.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-01

  1.  Indicator light
  2. Push button start

NOTE

  • The engine starts by pressing the push button start while depressing the clutch pedal (manual transmission) or the brake pedal (automatic transmission). To switch the ignition position, press the push button start without depressing the pedal.
  • Do not leave the ignition switched ON while the engine is not running. Doing so could result in the battery going dead. If the ignition is left in ACC (For automatic transmission, the selector lever is in the P position, and the ignition is in ACC), the ignition switches off automatically after about 25 minutes.

Off
The power supply to electrical devices turns off and the indicator light (amber) also turns off.

WARNING
Before leaving the driver’s seat, always switch the ignition off, set the parking brake, and make sure the selector lever is in P (automatic transmission) position or in 1st gear or R (manual transmission): Leaving the driver’s seat without switching the ignition off, setting the parking brake, and shifting the selector lever to P (automatic transmission) position or to 1st gear or R (manual transmission) is dangerous. Unexpected vehicle movement could occur which could result in an accident. In addition, if your intention is to leave the vehicle for even a short period, it is important to switch the ignition off, as leaving it in another position will disable some of the vehicle’s security systems and run the battery down.

ACC (Accessory)
Some electrical accessories will operate and the indicator light (amber) illuminates.

NOTE
The keyless entry system does not function while the push button start has been pressed to ACC, and the doors will not lock/unlock even if they have been locked manually.

ON
This is the normal running position after the engine is started. The indicator light (amber) turns off. (The indicator light (amber) illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and the engine is not running.) Some indicator lights/warning lights should be inspected before the engine is started. Refer to Warning/Indicator Lights . Refer to Indication/Indicator Light.

NOTE
When the push button start is pressed to ON, the sound of the fuel pump motor operating near the fuel tank can be heard. This does not indicate an abnormality.

Starting the Engine

Starting the Engine
WARNING Radio waves from the key may affect medical devices such as pacemakers: Before using the key near people who use medical devices, ask the medical device manufacturer or your physician if radio waves from the key will affect the device.

NOTE

  • The key must be carried because the key carries an immobilizer chip that must communicate with the engine controls at short range.
  • The engine can be started when the push button start is pressed from off, ACC, or ON.
  • The push button start system functions (function which can start the engine by only carrying the key) can be deactivated to prevent any possible adverse effect on a user wearing a pacemaker or other medical device. If the system is deactivated, you will be unable to start the engine by carrying the key. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details. If the push button start system functions have been deactivated, you can start the engine by following the procedure indicated when the key battery goes dead. Refer to Engine Start Function When Key Battery is Dead on
  •  After starting a cold engine, the engine speed increases and a whining sound from the engine compartment can be heard. This is for improved exhaust gas purification and does not indicate any parts defect.
  • Engine-starting is controlled by the spark ignition system. This system meets all Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise.
  1. Make sure you are carrying the key.
  2. Occupants should fasten their seat belts.
  3.  Make sure the parking brake is on.
  4.  Continue to depress the brake pedal firmly until the engine has completely started.
  5.  (Manual transmission)
    Continue to depress the clutch pedal firmly until the engine has completely started.
  6. (Automatic transmission)
    Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must restart the engine while the vehicle is moving, shift into neutral (N).

NOTE

  • (Manual transmission)
    The starter will not operate if the clutch pedal is not depressed sufficiently.
    (Automatic transmission)
    The starter will not operate if the selector lever is not in P or N position and the brake pedal is not depressed sufficiently.

Make sure that the KEY indicator light (green) in the instrument cluster and push button start indicator light (green) turns on.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-02

  1. Indicator light
  2.  Push button start

NOTE

  •  If the push button start indicator light (green) flashes, make sure that the key is being carried.
  • If the push button start indicator light (green) flashes with the key being carried, touch the key to the push button start and start the engine. Refer to Engine Start Function When Key .

CAUTION
If the KEY warning indication (red) is displayed, or the push button start indicator light (amber) flashes, this could indicate a problem with the engine starting system. This may prevent the engine from starting or from switching the ignition to ACC or ON. Refer to KEY Warning Indication/Warning Light (Red) on page. Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

NOTE

  • Under the following conditions, the KEY warning indication (red) is displayed after the push button start is pressed. This informs the driver that the push button start will not switch to ACC, even if it is pressed from off.
  • The key battery is dead.
  • The key is out of operational range.
  • The key is placed in areas where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal.
  • A key from another manufacturer similar to the key is in the operational range.
  • (Forced engine starting method) If the KEY warning indication (red) is displayed, or the push button start indicator light (amber) flashes, this could indicate that the engine may not start using the usual starting method. Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. If this occurs, the engine can be force-started. Press and hold the push button start until the engine starts. Other procedures necessary for starting the engine, such as having the key in the cabin, and depressing the clutch pedal (manual transmission) or the brake pedal (automatic transmission) are required.
  • When the engine is force-started, the KEY warning indication (red) remains displayed and the push button start indicator light (amber) remains flashing.
  • (Automatic transmission)
    When the selector lever is in the neutral (N) position, the push button start indicator light (green) does not turn on.
  • Press the push button start after the push button start indicator light (green) turns on.

NOTE
After starting the engine, the push button start indicator light (amber) turns off and the ignition switches to the ON position. After pressing the push button start and before the engine starts, the operation sound of the fuel pump motor from near the fuel tank can be heard, however, this does not indicate a malfunction. After starting the engine, let it idle for about 10 seconds.

NOTE

  • Do not use high engine speeds until reaching the operating temperature.
  • Whether the engine is cold or warm, it should be started without the use of the accelerator.
  • If the engine does not start the first time, refer to Starting a Flooded Engine under Emergency Starting. If the engine still does not start, have your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer .

Engine Start Function When Key Battery is Dead

CAUTION
When starting the engine by holding the transmitter over the push button start due to a dead key battery or a malfunctioning key, be careful not to allow the following, otherwise the signal from the key will not be received correctly and the engine may not start.

  • Metal parts of other keys or metal objects touch the key.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-02Spare keys or keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system touch or come near the key.
  • 2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-04
  • Devices for electronic purchases, or security passage touch or come near the key.

If the engine cannot be started due to a dead key battery, the engine can be started using the following procedure:

  1. Continue to depress the brake pedal firmly until the engine has completely started.
  2.  (Manual transmission)
    Continue to depress the clutch pedal firmly until the engine has completely started.
  3. (Automatic transmission)
    Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must restart the engine while the vehicle is moving, shift into neutral (N).
  4.  Make sure that the push button start indication light (green) flashes.
  5.  Align the center area of the emblem on the transmitter with the center area of the push button start while the push button start indicator light (green) flashes.

2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-02

  1. Indicator light
  2. Push button start
  3. Transmitter
  4. Emblem
  • Make sure that the push button start indicator light (green) turns on. Press the push button start to start the engine.
  • The engine cannot be started unless the clutch pedal is fully depressed (manual transmission) or the brake pedal is fully depressed (automatic transmission).
  • If there is a malfunction with the push button start function, the push button start indicator light (amber) flashes. In this case, the engine may start, however, have the vehicle checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
  •  If the push button start indicator light (green) does not illuminate, perform the operation from the beginning again. If it does not illuminate, have the vehicle checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
  •  To switch the ignition position without starting the engine, perform the following operations after the push button start indicator light (green) turns on.
  • Release the clutch pedal (manual transmission) or brake pedal (automatic transmission).
  • Press the push button start to switch the ignition position. The ignition switches in the order of ACC, ON, and off each time the push button start is pressed. To switch the ignition position again, perform the operation from the beginning.

Emergency Operation for Starting the Engine If the KEY warning indication (red) is displayed, or the push button start indicator light (amber) flashes, this could indicate that the engine may not start using the usual starting method. Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. If this occurs, the engine can be force-started. Press and hold the push button start until the engine starts. Other procedures necessary for starting the engine such as having the key in the cabin, and depressing the clutch pedal (manual transmission) or the brake pedal (automatic transmission) are required.

Turning Engine Off

WARNING Do not stop the engine while the vehicle is moving:
Stopping the engine while the vehicle is moving for any reason other than in an emergency is dangerous. Stopping the engine while the vehicle is moving will result in reduced braking ability due to the loss of power braking, which could cause an accident and serious injury.

  1.  Stop the vehicle completely.
  2. (Manual transmission) Shift into neutral and set the parking brake.
  3. (Automatic transmission)
    Shift the selector lever to the P position and set the parking brake.
  4. Press the push button start to turn off the engine. The ignition position is off.

CAUTION

  • When leaving the vehicle, make sure the push button start is off.

NOTE

  • The cooling fan in the engine compartment could turn on for a few minutes after the ignition is switched from ON to OFF, whether or not the A/C is on or off, to cool the engine compartment quickly.
  • If the system detects that the remaining battery power of the key is low when the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF, the following is indicated. Replace with a new battery before the key becomes unusable. Refer to Key Battery Replacement. A message is indicated in the display of the instrument cluster. Refer to KEY Warning Indication/Warning Light (Red) .
  • (Automatic transmission)
    If the engine is turned off while the selector lever is in a position other than P, the ignition switches to ACC.

Emergency Engine Stop
Continuously pressing the push button start or quickly pressing it any number of times while the engine is running or the vehicle is being driven will turn the engine off immediately. The ignition switches to ACC.

Cylinder Deactivation

The cylinder deactivation is a function designed to reduce fuel consumption and improve fuel economy by deactivating 2 out of the 4 cylinders while driving. The function constantly determines which is better for driving; 4 cylinders or 2 cylinders, regardless of the driver’s operations, and it performs the switching automatically.

When the cylinder deactivation function does not operate
The cylinder deactivation function does not operate under the following conditions.

  • The selector lever is in the P, N, or R position (automatic transmission), or 1st gear (manual transmission).
  • The engine oil temperature or engine coolant temperature is low.
  •  After disconnecting the battery terminals for some reason, such as for battery replacement.

Instrument Cluster Display

Instrument Cluster and Display2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-06

  1. Instrument Cluster
  2. Active Driving Display

Instrument Cluster2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-07

  1. Tachometer
  2. ①Tachometer
  3. ①Tachometer
  4. Gauge
  5. ⑤Dashboard Illumination Switch
  6. Switch
  7. TRIP Switch

Speedometer
The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle.

Tachometer
The tachometer shows engine speed in thousands of revolutions per minute (rpm).

CAUTION
Do not run the engine with the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE. This may cause severe engine damage.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-08

  1. STRIPED ZONE
  2. RED ZONE

*1 The range varies depending on the type of gauge.

NOTE
When the tachometer needle enters the STRIPED ZONE, this indicates to the driver that the gears should be shifted before entering the RED ZONE.

Multi-information Display

  1. Multi-information Display

The multi-information display indicates the following information.

  • Speedometer
  • Odometer
  • Trip meter
  • Outside temperature
  • Distance-to-empty
  • Average fuel economy
  • Current fuel economy
  • Deceleration Regeneration Charge Display (M Hybrid)
  • i-ACTIVSENSE Display
  • Compass Display
  • Door-Ajar/Trunk lid-Ajar/Liftgate-Ajar Warning Indication*1
  • Message Display

*1 Displayed when opening door/trunk lid/liftgate. The screen content changes each time the INFO switch is pressed.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-10

  1.  Basic display
  2. Drive information display
  3. i-ACTIVSENSE display
  4. Message display*1

*1 Displayed only when a warning occurs. The type of display for the fuel economy and the maximum driving distance can be changed. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.
Odometer, Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector
You can switch between the odometer and trip meter display using the TRIP switch.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-11

  1. TRIP switch
  2. Odometer display
  3. Trip meter A display
  4. Trip meter B display

Odometer The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven.

Trip meter
The driving distance for a specified interval is indicated. Two types (TRIP A, TRIP B) of interval distance can be measured. For instance, trip meter A can record the distance from the point of origin, and trip meter B can record the distance from where the fuel tank is filled. When trip meter A is selected, TRIP A will be displayed. When trip meter B is selected, TRIP B will be displayed. The trip meter can be reset by pressing the TRIP switch for 1.5 seconds or more while the trip meter is displayed.

NOTE Only the trip meters record tenths of kilometers (miles).

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
Displays the engine coolant temperature. The blue range of the gauge indicates that the engine coolant temperature is low, and the red range of the gauge indicates that the engine coolant temperature is high and overheating.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-12CAUTION
When the engine coolant temperature gauge needle is in the red range, the engine coolant temperature is extremely high. Drive slowly to reduce engine load. If the engine coolant temperature gauge needle is in the red range, there is the possibility of overheating. Park the vehicle in a safe place immediately and take appropriate measures.

NOTE
If the engine or engine coolant temperature is high or low, the engine output may be restricted to protect the engine.

Fuel Gauge
The fuel gauge shows approximately how much fuel is remaining in the tank when the ignition is switched ON. We recommend keeping the tank over 1/4 full.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-13

  1. Full
  2.  1/4 Full
  3.  Empty

If the low fuel warning light illuminates or the fuel level is very low, refuel as soon as possible. If inconsistency in engine performance or stalling occurs due to low fuel level conditions, refuel the vehicle as soon as possible and add at least 10 L (2.7 US gal, 2.2 Imp gal) of fuel.] Refer to Low Fuel Warning Indication/Warning Light. NOTE

  • After refueling, it may require some time for the indicator to stabilize. In addition, the indicator may deviate while driving on a slope or curve since the fuel moves in the tank.
  • The direction of the arrow indicates that the fuel-filler lid is on the left side of the vehicle.

Dashboard Illumination (Without auto-light control)
When the lights are turned on with the ignition switched ON, the brightness of the dashboard illumination is dimmed.(With auto-light control) When the lights are turned on with the ignition switched ON, the brightness of the dashboard illumination is dimmed. However, when the light sensor detects that the surrounding area is bright such as when the lights are turned on in the daytime, the dashboard illumination does not dim.

NOTE
 (With auto-light control) When the ignition is switched ON in the early evening or at dusk, the dashboard illumination is dimmed for several seconds until the light sensor detects the brightness of the surrounding area, however, the dimming may cancel after the brightness is detected.

  • When the lights are turned on, the lights-on indicator light in the instrument cluster turns on. Refer to Headlights.  The brightness of the instrument panel and dashboard illuminations can be adjusted by pressing the dashboard illumination switch while the dashboard illumination is dimmed.
  • The brightness increases by pressing the + switch. The brightness decreases by pressing the – switch. If you press the – switch while the instrument cluster is at maximum dimness, a sound is activated to notify you that the current dimmer setting is at maximum dimness.

2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-21

  1. Bright
  2. Dim
  • Function for canceling illumination dimmer
    The illumination dimmer can be canceled by pressing the + switch while the instrument cluster is at maximum dimness and while the ignition is switched ON. If you press the + switch again while the illumination dimmer is canceled, a sound is activated to notify you that it is canceled. If the instrument cluster’s visibility is reduced due to glare from surrounding brightness, cancel the illumination dimmer.

NOTE

  • When the illumination dimmer is canceled, the instrument cluster cannot be dimmed even if the lights are turned on.
  • When the illumination dimmer is canceled, the screen in the center display switches to constant display of the daytime screen.

Outside Temperature Display
When the ignition is switched ON, the outside temperature is displayed. 2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-15NOTE

  • Under the following conditions, the outside temperature display may differ from the actual outside temperature depending on the surroundings and vehicle conditions:
  • Significantly cold or hot temperatures.
  • Sudden changes in outside temperature.
  • The vehicle is parked.
  • The vehicle is driven at low speeds.

Changing the Temperature Unit of the Outside Temperature Display
The outside temperature unit can be switched between Celsius and Fahrenheit. Settings can be changed by operating the center display screen. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

Distance-to-empty
This displays the approximate distance you can travel on the remaining fuel based on the fuel economy. The distance-to-empty will be calculated and displayed every second. When the remaining distance-to-empty is 50 km (30 miles) or farther, the remaining distance-to-empty indication decreases in 10 km (10 mile) increments, and when the remaining distance-to-empty is 50 km (30 miles) or shorter, it decreases in 1 km (1 mile) increments.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-16NOTE

  • This displays the approximate distance you can travel on the remaining fuel based on the fuel economy. The distance-to-empty will be calculated and displayed every second. When the remaining distance-to-empty is 50 km (30 miles) or farther, the remaining distance-to-empty indication decreases in 10 km (10 mile) increments, and when the remaining distance-to-empty is 50 km (30 miles) or shorter, it decreases in 1 km (1 mile) increments.

NOTE

  • If there is no past fuel economy information such as after first purchasing your vehicle or the information is deleted when the battery cables are disconnected, the actual distance-to empty/range may differ from the amount indicated.

Average Fuel Economy
This mode displays the average fuel economy by calculating the total traveled distance and the total fuel consumption since the vehicle was purchased or the past data was reset. The average fuel economy is calculated and displayed every 30 seconds. The average fuel economy is also displayed by a red arrow in the instantaneous fuel economy display.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-20The average fuel economy can be reset by pressing the INFO switch for 1.5 seconds or more. After the data is cleared, the fuel consumption is recalculated and the – – – L/100 km (- – – mpg) for the 30 seconds prior to it being displayed is indicated.

Current Fuel Economy
This displays the current fuel economy by calculating the amount of fuel consumption and the distance traveled.

M Hybrid2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-18Except M Hybrid2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-17NOTE

  • Indicates the 0 position when the vehicle speed is about 5 km/h (3 mph) or slower.
  •  The arrow on the scale indicates the average fuel economy.

Deceleration Regeneration Charge Display (M Hybrid)
This displays the status of the charging produced by deceleration regeneration.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-18Refer to M Hybrid.

i-ACTIVSENSE Display
Displays the system status.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-19

  • Refer to Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) Refer to Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)
  • Refer to Traffic Sign Recognition System (TSR) Refer to Distance & Speed Alert (DSA)
  • Refer to Driver Attention Alert (DAA) Refer to Driver Monitoring
  • (DM) Refer to Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA)
  • Refer to Mazda Radar Cruise Control (MRCC)
  • Refer to Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function)
  • Refer to Traffic Jam Assist (TJA) .
  • Refer to Lane-keep Assist System (LAS)
  • Refer to Smart Brake Support (SBS)
  • Refer to Cruise Control.
  •  
  • Compass Display The direction the vehicle is moving is displayed in one of eight directions while the vehicle is being driven.

2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-16

Display Direction
N North
S South
E East
W West
NE Northeast
NW Northwest
SE Southeast
SW Southwest

Message Display
message such as the system operation status, a malfunction, or an abnormality is indicated.

Warning/indicator light in instrument cluster turns on/flashes or symbol is indicated on display at same time as message
Check the information regarding the warning/indicator light or indicated symbol. Refer to If a Warning Indication/Warning Lights Refer to If a Indication/Indicator Lights Message only is indicated on display Follow the instructions indicated on the display. For the display content, refer to the next page. Refer to If a Message Indicated on Multi-information Display.

Warning/Indicator Lights
Instrument Cluster varies depending on model and specifications.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-21

  1. Instrument Cluster
  2. Front Center of Headliner

Warning lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas.

Warning Indication/Warning Lights
These lights turn on or flash to notify the user of the system operation status or a system malfunction.

Signal

Warning

Refer to

2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-22 Brake System Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-23   Electronic
  Brake Force
  Distribution
ABS Warning Indication/Warning Light*1 System Warning
   
  ABS warning
   
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-24 Charging System Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-25 Engine Oil Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-26 High Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Indication  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-27 Power Steering Malfunction Indication/Indicator Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-28 Master Warning Indication  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-29   Brake Control System Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-30 Brake Override Warning Indication  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-31 Check Engine Indication/Light*1  
Mazda 3 Hatchback 2023 Instrument Cluster Display User Manual-30 i-stop Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-32 Automatic Transmission Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
Signal Warning Refer to
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-33 AWD Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-34 Air Bag/Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-35 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Warning Indication/Warning Light*1 Flashing
Turns on
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53 KEY Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53 High Beam Control System (HBC) Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-38 i-ACTIVSENSE Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-39   Exterior Light Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-40   Low Fuel Warning Indication/Warning Light  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-41   Check Fuel Cap Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-42 Engine Oil Level Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-43   Seat Belt Warning Indication/Warning Light (Front seat)  
  2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-44   Seat Belt Warning Light (Rear seat)  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-45 Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Indication/Warning Light  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-46 Door-Ajar Warning Indication  
Signal Warning Refer to
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-47 Trunk lid-Ajar Warning Indication  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-47 Liftgate-Ajar Warning Indication  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-46 Door-Ajar Warning Light  

The light turns on when the ignition is switched on for an operation check, and turns off a few seconds later or when the engine is started. If the light does not turn on or remains turned on, have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Indication/Indicator Lights
These lights turn on or flash to notify the user of the system operation status or a system malfunction.

Signal Indicator Refer to
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-44   Seat Belt Indicator Light (Rear seat)  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-48   *Front Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Indicator Light  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-63 Security Indicator Light Immobilizer System
Theft-Deterrent System
Malfunction
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-63   KEY Indicator Light  
  Mazda 3 Hatchback 2023 Instrument Cluster Display User Manual-51  i-stop Indicator Light  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-51 Wrench Indication/Indicator Light*1  
Signal Indicator Refer to
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-52 Shift Position Indication  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53   Lights-On Indicator Light  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53 Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light Headlight High-Low Beam
Flashing the Headlights
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-55       Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Indicator Lights Turn and Lane-Change Signals
Hazard Warn- ing Flasher
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-55   Electric Parking Brake (EPB) Indication/Indicator Light*1*2  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-58 AUTOHOLD Active Indicator Light*1  
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function) indicator Light  
Traffic Jam Assist (TJA) indicator Light  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-59 TCS/DSC Indication/Indicator Light*1 Traction Con- trol System (TCS)
Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)
Turns on
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-59 DSC OFF Indicator Light*1  
Signal Indicator Refer to
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-59 Select Mode Indicator Light  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-60

 

(White)

i-ACTIVSENSE Status Symbol (Warning/Risk Avoidance Support System)  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-60

 

(Green)

2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-60

 

(Amber)

  i-ACTIVSENSE OFF Symbol (Warning/Risk Avoidance Support System)  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53

 

(Green)

  *High Beam Control System (HBC) Indicator Light  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-63

 

(White)

Mazda Radar Cruise Control (MRCC) Standby Indication  
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function) Standby Indication  
Traffic Jam Assist (TJA) Standby Indication  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-64

 

(Green)

Mazda Radar Cruise Control (MRCC) Set Indication  
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function) Set Indication  
Traffic Jam Assist (TJA) Set Indication  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-65 Smart Brake Support (SBS) OFF Indicator Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-66

 

(White)

  *Cruise Standby Indication  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-67

 

(Green)

  *Cruise Set Indication  
  1. The light turns on when the ignition is switched on for an operation check, and turns off a few seconds later or when the engine is started. If the light does not turn on or remains turned on, have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
  2. The light turns on continuously when the parking brake is applied.

Wrench Indication/Indicator Light2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-51The wrench indication/indicator light is displayed/turns on under the following conditions.

  • When the preset maintenance period has arrived. Refer to the Information section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

CAUTION

  • When the maintenance period arrives, have your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. If maintenance is neglected, a decrease in vehicle performance may occur which could cause damage. Have your vehicle inspected before the maintenance period arrives.
  • If the vehicle continues to be driven after the engine oil replacement period has passed, it could cause damage to the engine. Replace the engine oil before the maintenance period arrives.

NOTE

  •  The wrench indication/indicator light may display/turn on earlier than the preset period depending on vehicle usage conditions.
  • Whenever the engine oil is replaced, a reset of the vehicle engine control unit is necessary. Refer to the Information section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.
  •  
  • Active Driving Display

  • Active Driving Display2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-68

 

  1. Display
  2. Dust-proof sheet

WARNING
Always adjust the display brightness and position with the vehicle stopped:
Adjusting the display brightness and position while driving the vehicle is dangerous as doing so could distract your attention from the road ahead and lead to an accident.

CAUTION

  • Do not place beverages near the dust-proof sheet of the active driving display. If water or other liquids are splashed on the dust-proof sheet, it could cause damage.
  • Do not place objects or apply stickers above the active driving display or to the dust-proof sheet as they will cause interference.

NOTE

  • Wearing polarized sunglasses will reduce the visibility of the active driving display due to the characteristics of the display.
  • If the battery has been removed and re-installed or the battery voltage is low, the adjusted position may deviate.
  • The display may be difficult to view or temporarily affected by weather conditions such as rain, snow, light, and temperature.
  • If the audio system is removed, the active driving display cannot be operated.

The active driving display indicates the following information:

  • Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) Warnings* Refer to Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS)
  • Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) Operation Conditions and Warnings* Refer to Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)
  • Traffic Sign Recognition System (TSR) traffic signs and Warnings* Refer to Traffic Sign Recognition System (TSR)
  • Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA) Operation Conditions and Warning* Refer to Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA)
  • Mazda Radar Cruise Control (MRCC) Operation Conditions and Warnings* Refer to Mazda Radar Cruise Control (MRCC)
  • Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function) Operation Conditions and Warnings* Refer to Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function)
  • Traffic Jam Assist (TJA) Operation Conditions and Warnings* Refer to Traffic Jam Assist (TJA)
  • Lane-keep Assist System (LAS) Warnings* Refer to Lane-keep Assist System (LAS)
  • Smart Brake Support (SBS) Operation Conditions and Warnings Refer to Smart Brake Support (SBS)
  • Cruise Control Operation Conditions Refer to Cruise Control
  • Navigation Guidance (vehicles with navigation system)
  • Intersection Name (vehicles with navigation system)
  • Street name (vehicles with navigation system)
  • Lane Guidance (vehicles with navigation system)
  • Speed limit indicator (vehicles with navigation system)
  •  

Vehicle Speed
The active driving display settings can be changed or adjusted. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

NOTE

  • The desired driving position (display position, brightness level, display information) can be called up after programming the position. Refer to Driving Position Memory on page 2-11.
  • The street name may not be displayed depending on the market and region.

Manual Transmission

Manual Transmission Shift Pattern2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-69

  1.  Neutral position The shift pattern of the transmission is conventional, as shown. Depress the clutch pedal all the way down while shifting; then release it slowly. Your vehicle is equipped with a device to prevent shifting to R (reverse) by mistake. Push the shift lever downward and shift to R.

2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-70 WARNING
Do not use sudden engine braking on slippery road surfaces or at high speeds:
Shifting down while driving on wet, snowy, or frozen roads, or while driving at high speeds causes sudden engine braking, which is dangerous. The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid. This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident.

Always leave the shift lever in 1 or R position and set the parking brake when leaving the vehicle unattended:
Otherwise the vehicle could move and cause an accident.

CAUTION

  •  Keep your foot off the clutch pedal except when shifting gears. Also, do not use the clutch to hold the vehicle on an upgrade. Riding the clutch will cause needless clutch wear and damage.
  •  Do not apply any excessive lateral force to the shift lever when changing from 5th to 4th gear. This could lead to the accidental selection of 2nd gear, which could result in damage to the transmission.
  • Make sure the vehicle comes to a complete stop before shifting to R. Shifting to R while the vehicle is still moving may damage the transmission.

NOTE

  •  If shifting to R is difficult, shift back into neutral, release the clutch pedal, and try again. (With parking sensor system)
  • When the shift lever is shifted to the R position with the ignition switched ON, the parking sensor system is activated and a beep sound is heard. Refer to Parking Sensor System.

Gear Shift Indicator (GSI)
The GSI supports you to obtain optimum fuel economy and smooth driving. It displays the selected gear position in the instrument cluster as well as notifies the driver to change to the most suitable gear position corresponding to the actual driving condition.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-71

  1. Selected gear position
  2. Suitable gear position
Indication Condition
Numeral The selected gear position is displayed.
and numeral Shift up or down to the indicated gear position is recommended.

CAUTION
Do not rely solely on the shift-up/shift-down recommendations by indications. The actual driving situation might require shift operations different from indication. To avoid the risk of accidents, the road and traffic conditions have to be judged correctly by the driver before shifting.

NOTE
The GSI turns off when the following operations are performed.

  • The vehicle is stopped.
  • The vehicle is put in neutral.
  • The vehicle is driven in reverse.
  • The clutch is not fully engaged when accelerating from a stop.
  • The clutch pedal remains depressed for 2 seconds or longer while driving.

Recommendations for Shifting Upshifting
For normal acceleration, Mazda recommends these shift points:(U.S.A. and Canada)

Gear Vehicle speed
1 to 2 24 km/h (15 mph)
2 to 3 42 km/h (26 mph)
3 to 4 60 km/h (37 mph)
4 to 5 75 km/h (46 mph)
5 to 6 79 km/h (49 mph)

For cruising, Mazda recommends these shift points:

(U.S.A. and Canada)

Gear Vehicle speed
1 to 2 13 km/h (8 mph)
2 to 3 29 km/h (18 mph)
3 to 4 49 km/h (30 mph)
4 to 5 63 km/h (39 mph)
5 to 6 70 km/h (43 mph)

Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift before the engine starts to overwork. This reduces the chance of stalling and gives better acceleration when you need more speed.

Automatic Transmission Controls

Automatic Transmission Controls2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-72

  1. Lock-release button
  2. Selector lever

2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-73

Indication Various Lockouts
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-75 Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal and hold in the lock-release button to shift (The ignition must be switched ON).
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-75 Indicates the selector lever can be shifted freely into any position.
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-76 Indicates that you must hold in the lock-release button to shift.

NOTE
The Sport AT has an option that is not included in the traditional automatic transmission that gives the driver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transmission to shift gears. Even if you intend to use the automatic transmission functions as a traditional automatic, you should also be aware that you can inadvertently shift into manual shift mode and an inappropriate gear may be retained as the vehicle speed increases. If you notice the engine speed going higher or hear the engine racing, confirm you have not accidentally slipped into manual shift mode.

Shift-Lock System

Shift-Lock System
The shift-lock system prevents shifting out of P unless the brake pedal is depressed. To shift from P:

  1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
  2. Start the engine.
  3. Press and hold the lock-release button.
  4. Move the selector lever.

NOTE

  • When the ignition is switched to ACC or the ignition is switched off, the selector lever cannot be shifted from P position.
  • The ignition cannot be switched to OFF if the selector lever is not in P position.

Shift-Lock Override
If the selector lever will not move from P position using the proper shift procedure, continue to hold down the brake pedal.

  1. Remove the shift-lock override cover using a cloth-wrapped flat head screwdriver.
  2. Insert a flat screwdriver and push it down.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-77Cover
  3. Press and hold the lock-release button.
  4. Move the selector lever. Take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the system checked.

Transmission Ranges

Transmission Ranges
The shift position indication in the instrument cluster illuminates. Refer to Shift Position Indication Shift the selector lever to the P or N position to start the engine.

P (Park)
P locks the transmission and prevents the front wheels from rotating.

WARNING
Always set the selector lever to P position and set the parking brake: Only setting the selector lever to the P position without using the parking brake to hold the vehicle is dangerous. If P fails to hold, the vehicle could move and cause an accident.

CAUTION
Shifting into P, N or R while the vehicle is moving can damage your transmission. Shifting into a driving gear or reverse when the engine is running faster than idle can damage the transmission.

R (Reverse)
In position R, the vehicle moves only backward. You must be at a complete stop before shifting to or from R, except under rare circumstances as explained in Rocking the Vehicle NOTE
(With parking sensor system)In position R, the vehicle moves only backward. You must be at a complete stop before shifting to or from R, except under rare circumstances as explained in Rocking the Vehicle

NOTE
(With parking sensor system) When the selector lever is shifted to the R position with the ignition switched ON, the parking sensor system is activated and a beep sound is heard. Refer to Parking Sensor System

N (Neutral)
In N, the wheels and transmission are not locked. The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or brakes are on.

WARNING
If the engine is running faster than idle, do not shift from N or P into a driving gear: It’s dangerous to shift from N or P into a driving gear when the engine is running faster than idle. If this is done, the vehicle could move suddenly, causing an accident or serious injury. Do not shift into N when driving the vehicle: Shifting into N while driving is dangerous. Engine braking cannot be applied when decelerating which could lead to an accident or serious injury.

CAUTION
Do not shift into N when driving the vehicle. Doing so can cause transmission damage.

NOTE
Apply the parking brake or depress the brake pedal before moving the selector lever from N position to prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly.

D (Drive)
D is the normal driving position. From a stop, the transmission will automatically shift through a 6-gear sequence.

M (Manual)
M is the manual shift mode position. Gears can be shifted up or down by operating the selector lever. Refer to Manual Shift Mode.

Shift Position Indication2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-78Shift position indication
The selector position is indicated when the ignition is switched ON.

Gear position indication
In manual shift mode, the “M” of the shift position indication illuminates and the numeral for the selected gear is displayed.

Active Adaptive Shift (AAS)
Active Adaptive Shift (AAS) automatically controls the transmission shift points to best suit the road conditions and driver input. This improves driving feel. The transmission may switch to AAS mode when driving up and down slopes, cornering, driving at high elevations, or depressing the accelerator pedal quickly while the selector lever is in the D position. Depending on the road and driving conditions/vehicle operations, gear

Manual Shift Mode

Manual Shift Mode
The manual shift mode gives you the feel of driving a manual transmission vehicle by allowing you to operate the selector lever manually. This allows you to control engine rpm and torque to the drive wheels much like a manual transmission when more control is desired. To change to manual shift mode, shift the lever from D to M.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-78NOTE

  • Changing to manual shift mode while driving will not damage the transmission. If you change to manual shift mode when the vehicle is stopped, the gear will shift to M1. If you change to manual shift mode without depressing the accelerator pedal when driving in D range, 5th gear/6th gear, the gear will shift to M4/M5.

To return to automatic shift mode, shift the lever from M to D.

  1. Indications2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-81
  2. Manual shift mode indication
  3. Gear position indication Manual shift mode indication

In manual shift mode, the “M” of the shift position indication in the instrument panel illuminates.

Gear position indication
The numeral for the selected gear illuminates.

NOTE

  • If the gears cannot be shifted down when driving at higher speeds, the gear position indication will flash twice to signal that the gears cannot be shifted down (to protect the transmission). If the automatic transmission fluid (ATF) temperature becomes too high, there is the possibility that the transmission will switch to automatic shift mode, canceling manual shift mode and turning off the gear position indication illumination. This is a normal function to protect the AT. After the ATF temperature has decreased, the gear position indication illumination turns back on and driving in manual shift mode is restored.

Manually Shifting Up
You can shift gears up by operating the selector lever or the steering shift switches*. M1 → M2 → M3 → M4 → M5 → M6

Using selector lever
To shift up to a higher gear, tap the selector lever back + once.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-81Using steering shift switch
To shift up to a higher gear with the steering shift switches, pull the UP switch (+/OFF) toward you once with your fingers.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-82

  1. UP switch (+/OFF)

WARNING
Keep your hands on the steering wheel rim when using fingers on the steering shift switches: Putting your hands inside the rim of the steering wheel when using the steering shift switches is dangerous. If the driver’s air bag were to deploy in a collision, your hands could be impacted causing injury.

NOTE

  1. When driving slowly, the gears may not shift up.
  2. Do not drive the vehicle with the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE while in manual shift mode. In addition, manual shift mode switches to automatic shift mode while the accelerator pedal is completely depressed. This function is canceled while the DSC is turned off. However, if the vehicle is continuously driven at a high rpm, the gears may automatically shift up to protect the engine.
  3. The steering shift switch can be used temporarily even if the selector lever is in the D position while driving. In addition, it returns to automatic shift mode when the UP switch (+/OFF) is pulled rearward for a sufficient amount of time.

Manually Shifting Down
You can shift gears down by operating the selector lever or the steering shift switches*. M6 → M5 → M4 → M3 → M2→ M1

Using selector lever
To shift down to a lower gear, tap the selector lever forward once.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-84Using steering shift switch To shift down to a lower gear with the steering shift switches, pull the DOWN switch (–) toward you once with your fingers.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-82

  1. DOWN switch (–)

WARNING
Do not use engine braking on slippery road surfaces or at high speeds: Shifting down while driving on wet, snowy, or frozen roads, or while driving at high speeds causes sudden engine braking, which is dangerous. The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid. This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident. Keep your hands on the steering wheel rim when using fingers on the steering shift switches: Putting your hands inside the rim of the steering wheel when using the steering shift switches is dangerous. If the driver’s air bag were to deploy in a collision, your hands could be impacted causing injury.

NOTE 

  • When driving at high speeds, the gear may not shift down. During deceleration, the gear may automatically shift down depending on vehicle speed. When depressing the accelerator fully, the transmission will shift to a lower gear, depending on vehicle speed. However, the transmission does not kickdown while the DSC is turned off.

Second Gear Fixed Mode
When the selector lever is moved back + while the vehicle speed is about 10 km/h (6.2 mph) or less, the transmission is set in the second gear fixed mode. The gear is fixed in second while in this mode for easier acceleration from a stop and driving on slippery roads such as snow-covered roads. If the selector lever is moved back + or forward – while in the second gear fixed mode, the mode will be canceled.

Shift Gear (Shifting) Speed Limit
For each gear position while in the manual mode, the speed limit is set as follows: When the selector lever is operated within the range of the speed limit, the gear is shifted.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-85

  1.  1st
  2. ‘2nd
  3. ‘3rd
  4. 4th
  5. 5th
  6. 6th

Shift up
The gear does not shift up while the vehicle speed is lower than the speed limit.

Shift down
The gear does not shift down while the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit. If the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit and the gear does not shift down, the gear position indication flashes 2 times to notify the driver that the gear cannot be shifted.

Kickdown
When the accelerator pedal is depressed fully while driving, the gear shifts down. However, the transmission does not kickdown while the DSC is turned off.

NOTE
The gear also shifts down using kickdown while in the second gear fixed mode.

Auto-shift down
The gear shifts down automatically depending on the vehicle speed during deceleration.

NOTE
If the vehicle comes to a stop while in the second gear fixed mode, the gear remains in second.

Recommendations for Shifting Upshifting
For normal acceleration and cruising, Mazda recommends these shift points:(U.S.A. and Canada)

Gear Vehicle speed*1
M1 to M2 24 km/h (15 mph)
M2 to M3 40 km/h (25 mph)
M3 to M4 65 km/h (40 mph)
M4 to M5 73 km/h (45 mph)
M5 to M6 81 km/h (50 mph)

Always observe local speed limit regulations.

Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift before the engine starts to overwork. This gives better acceleration when you need more speed. On a steep downgrade, downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life.

Direct Mode

Direct Mode Direct mode can be used for temporarily switching gears by operating the steering shift switch while the vehicle is being driven with the selector lever in the D position. While in direct mode, the D and M indication illuminate and the gear position in use is illuminated.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-86

  1. Direct mode indication
  2. Gear position indication

Direct mode is canceled (released) under the following conditions.

  1. The UP switch (+/OFF) is pulled rearward for a certain amount of time or longer.
  2. The vehicle is driven for a certain amount of time or longer (time differs depending on the driving conditions while operating).
  3. The vehicle is stopped or moving at a slow speed.

NOTE Shifting up and down while in direct mode may not be possible depending on the vehicle speed. In addition, because direct mode is canceled (released) depending on the rate of acceleration or if the accelerator is fully depressed, use of the manual shift mode is recommended if you need to drive the vehicle in a particular gear for long periods.

Driving Tips

Driving Tips

WARNING
Do not let the vehicle move in a direction opposite to the direction selected by the selector lever: Do not let the vehicle move backward with the selector lever in a forward position, or do not let the vehicle move forward with the selector lever in the reverse position. Otherwise, the engine may stop, causing the loss of the power brake and power steering functions, and make it difficult to control the vehicle which could result in an accident.

Passing
For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing steep grades, depress the accelerator fully. The transmission will shift to a lower gear, depending on vehicle speed.

NOTE

  • The accelerator pedal may initially feel heavy as it is being depressed, then feel lighter as it is depressed further. This change in pedal force aids the engine control system in determining how much the accelerator pedal has been depressed for performing kickdown, and functions to control whether or not kickdown should be performed. The manual shift mode does not switch to automatic shift mode while the DSC is turned off when the selector lever is in the M position. Shift the selector lever.

Climbing steep grades from a stop
To climb a steep grade from a stopped position:

  1. Depress the brake pedal.
  2. Shift to D or M1, depending on the load weight and grade steepness.
  3. Release the brake pedal while gradually accelerating.

Descending steep grades
When descending a steep grade, shift to lower gears, depending on load weight and grade steepness. Descend slowly, using the brakes only occasionally to prevent them from overheating.

Lighting Control

Headlights Turn the headlight switch to turn the headlights and other exterior lights on or off. When the taillights, parking lights, license plate lights, and the side-marker lights are turned on, the lights-on indicator light in the instrument cluster turns on.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53 NOTE

  • If the light switch is left on, the lights will automatically switch off approximately 30 seconds after switching the ignition off. The time setting can be changed. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual. To prevent discharging the battery, do not leave the lights on while the engine is off unless safety requires them.

Without auto-light control2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53

Switch Position OFF    
Headlights Off Off On*1
Daytime running lights On*2 On*2 Off
Taillights Parking lights License plate lights Side-marker lights  Off  On*3  On*1
  1. When the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF, the headlights turn off if the auto headlight off function has been canceled. If the auto headlight off function is enabled, the lights turn on for the set period using the auto headlight off function, and then they turn off.
  2. When the light switch is switched to a different position from the OFF, position while the vehicle is stopped, the daytime running lights turn off. When starting to drive the vehicle, the daytime running lights turn on again.
  3. When the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF, the headlights remain on if the auto headlight off function has been canceled. If the auto headlight off function is enabled, the lights turn on for the set period using the auto headlight off function, and then they turn off.

With auto-light control2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-88

 Switch Position

 OFF*1

AUTO         
Surroundings are bright*2 Surroundings are dark*3 Surroundings are bright*2 Surroundings are dark*3
Headlights Off Off On Off On*4*5 On*6
Daytime running lights Off On*7 Off On*8 Off Off
Taillights Parking lights License plate lights Side-marker lights  Off  Off  On  On*9  On*9  On*6
  1. When the light switch is switched to OFF while the vehicle is stopped, the lights turn off. The light switch returns automatically to the AUTO position and the headlights change to AUTO operation when you start driving the vehicle.
  2. The level of brightness around the vehicle is of a sufficient level.
  3. The level of brightness around the vehicle is of an insufficient level.
  4. The daytime running lights can be disabled using the personalization features  If the daytime running lights are disabled, the headlights turn off directly after starting the engine. The headlights turn on when you begin driving the vehicle.
  5. When the light switch is switched from the OFF, AUTO, or 2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53 position to the 2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53 position while the vehicle is stopped, the headlights turn off. When starting to drive the vehicle, the headlights turn on again.
  6. When the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF, the headlights turn off if the auto headlight off function has been canceled. If the auto headlight off function is enabled, the lights turn on for the set period using the auto headlight off function, and then they turn off.
  7. When the light switch is switched to a different position from the AUTO   2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53   position while the vehicle is stopped, the daytime running lights turn off. When starting to drive the vehicle, the daytime running lights turn on again.
  8. If one of the following operations is done from the position while the vehicle is stopped, the daytime running lights turn off.
    • Switch the light switch to the OFF position.
    • Switch the light switch to the AUTO position, and then to the   2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53    position again.
    • Switch the light switch to the  2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53    position. When starting to drive the vehicle, the daytime running lights turn on again.
  9. When the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF, the headlights remain on if the auto headlight off function has been canceled. If the auto headlight off function is enabled, the lights turn on for the set period using the auto headlight off function, and then they turn off.

Auto-light control
When the headlight switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON, the light sensor senses the surrounding lightness or darkness and automatically turns the headlights and other exterior lights on or off.

CAUTION
Do not shade the light sensor by adhering a sticker or a label on the windshield. Otherwise the light sensor will not operate correctly.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-89

  • The light sensor also works as a rain sensor for the auto-wiper control. Keep hands and scrapers clear of the windshield when the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON as fingers could be pinched or the wipers and wiper blades could be damaged when the wipers activate automatically. If you are going to clean the windshield, be sure the wipers are turned off completely when it is particularly tempting to leave the engine running. This is particularly important when clearing ice and snow.

NOTE

  • The headlights and other exterior lights may not turn off immediately even if the surrounding area becomes well-lit because the light sensor determines that it is night time if the surrounding area is continuously dark for several minutes such as inside long tunnels, traffic jams inside tunnels, or in indoor parking lots. If the headlight switch and the windshield wiper switch are in AUTO, and the wipers are operated at low or high speed by the auto wiper control for several seconds, bad weather conditions are determined and the headlights may be turned on. The sensitivity of the auto-light control may be changed. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

Headlight High-Low Beam
The headlights switch between high and low beams by moving the lever forward or backward.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-90

  1. High beam Low beam

When the headlight high-beams are on, the headlight high-beam indicator light is turned on.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53 Flashing the Headlights
When the ignition is switched ON, and regardless of the headlight position, the headlights switch to high beams while the lever is being pulled. 2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-92

  1. OFF
  2. Headlight flashing

The headlight high-beam indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminates simultaneously. The lever will return to the normal position when released.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53 Coming Home Light
The coming home light turns on the headlights (low beams) when the lever is operated.

To turn on the lights
When the lever is pulled with the ignition switched to ACC or OFF, the low beam headlights turn on. The headlights turn off after a certain period of time has elapsed after all of the doors are closed.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-92 NOTE

  • The time until the headlights turn off after all of the doors are closed can be changed. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual. If no operations are done for 3 minutes after the lever is pulled, the headlights turn off. The headlights turn off if the lever is pulled again while the headlights are illuminated.

Leaving Home Light
The leaving home light turns on the lights when the transmitter unlock button is pressed while away from the vehicle. The following lights turn on when the leaving home light is operated. Low beams, Parking lights, Taillights, License plate lights.

To turn on the lights
When the ignition switch and the headlight switch are in the following conditions, the headlights will illuminate when the transmitter unlock button is pressed and the vehicle receives the transmitter signal. The headlights turn off after a certain period of time has elapsed (30 seconds).

  • Ignition switch: off Headlight switch: AUTO, 2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-91 , or2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53

2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-93

  1. Lock button
  2. Unlock button

NOTE

  • Operation of the leaving home light can be turned on or off. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.
  • When the transmitter lock button is pressed and the vehicle receives the transmitter signal, the headlights turn off.
  • When the headlight switch is turned to the OFF position, the headlights turn off.

Headlight Leveling
 The number of passengers and weight of cargo in the luggage compartment/trunk change the angle of the headlights. The angle of the headlights will be automatically adjusted when turning on the headlights. A system malfunction or operation conditions are indicated by a warning. Refer to Exterior Light Warning Indication/Warning Light

Daytime Running Lights
Some countries require moving vehicles to have their lights on (daytime running lights) during the daytime. The daytime running lights turn on automatically.

NOTE
(Except Canada)
The daytime running lights can be deactivated. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

Turn and Lane-Change Signals

Turn and Lane-Change Signals
The ignition must be switched ON to use the turn and lane-change signals.

Turn Signals
Move the signal lever down (for a left turn) or up (for a right turn) to the stop position. The signal will self-cancel after the turn is completed. If the indicator light continues to flash after a turn, manually return the lever to its original position.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-93

  1. Right turn
  2. Right lane change
  3. OFF
  4. Left lane change
  5. Left turn

The turn signal indicators in the instrument cluster flash according to the operation of the turn signal lever to show which signal is working.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-111 NOTE

  • There may be a problem with the turn signal lights if they do not flash but remain turned on, or they flash abnormally. Have your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer. A personalized function is available to change the turn indicator sound volume. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

Lane-Change Signals
Move the lever halfway toward the direction of the lane change―until the indicator flashes― and hold it there. It will return to the off position when released.

Three-Flash Turn Signal
After releasing the turn signal lever from the halfway point, the turn signal indicator flashes 3 times. The operation can be canceled by moving the lever in the direction opposite to which it was operated.

NOTE
The three-flash turn signal function can be switched to on/off using the personalization function. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

Wipers and Washer

Windshield Wipers and Washer
The ignition must be switched ON to use the wipers.

WARNING

Use only windshield washer fluid or plain water in the reservoir:
Using radiator antifreeze as washer fluid is dangerous. If sprayed on the windshield, it will dirty the windshield, affect your visibility, and could result in an accident.

Only use windshield washer fluid mixed with anti-freeze protection in freezing weather conditions:
Using windshield washer fluid without anti-freeze protection in freezing weather conditions is dangerous as it could freeze on the windshield and block your vision which could cause an accident. In addition, make sure the windshield is sufficiently warmed using the defroster before spraying the washer fluid.

CAUTION

  • When the wipers are not used during freezing temperatures or for a long time, the wiper rubber may adhere to the glass. If the wipers are operated while adhered to the glass, it could damage the wiper rubber and motor. If the wipers are operated while the glass is dry, the glass could be scratched and the wiper rubber damaged. When the glass is dry, spray washer fluid before operating the wipers.
  • If the amount of washer fluid spray is insufficient, do not use the washer switch. If the washer switch continues to be operated with no washer fluid being sprayed, it could lead to pump damage.

NOTE
If the windshield wipers are operated under cold weather conditions or during snowfall, they could stop due to accumulated snow on the windshield. If the windshield wipers stop due to accumulated snow on the windshield, park the vehicle in a safe place, turn the wiper switch off, and then remove the accumulated snow. If the wiper switch is turned to another position other than OFF, the wipers will operate. If the wipers do not operate even though the wiper switch is turned to a position other than OFF, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

Windshield Wipers
Turn the wipers on by pressing the lever up or down.

With intermittent wiper2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-98

Switch Position Wiper operation
MIST Operation while pulling up lever
OFF Stop
INT Intermittent
LO Low speed
HI High speed

Variable-speed intermittent wipers
Set the lever to the intermittent position and choose the interval timing by rotating the switch. Rotate the switch upward (FAST direction) to shorten the interval time of the wiper operation, and rotate the switch downward (SLOW direction) to lengthen it.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-97

  1. Switch With auto-wiper control

2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-98

  1.  Indicator light
Switch Position Wiper operation
MIST Operation while pulling up lever
OFF Stop
AUTO*1 Auto control
LO Low speed
HI High speed
  1. When the wiper lever is switched to the AUTO position, the indicator light turns on.

Auto-wiper control
When the wiper lever is in the AUTO position, the rain sensor senses the amount of rainfall on the windshield and turns the wipers on or off automatically (off―intermittent―low speed―high speed). The sensitivity of the rain sensor can be adjusted by turning the switch on the wiper lever. From the center position (normal), rotate the switch upward (+ direction) for higher sensitivity (faster response) or rotate it downward (- direction) for less sensitivity (slower response).2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-97

  1. Switch
  2. Higher sensitivity
  3. Center position
  4. Less sensitivity

CAUTION
Do not shade the rain sensor by adhering a sticker or a label on the windshield. Otherwise the rain sensor will not operate correctly.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-100When the ignition is switched ON and the wiper lever is in the AUTO position, the windshield wipers may operate automatically in the following cases:

  • The area of the windshield above the rain sensor is touched or wiped with a cloth.
  • The windshield or the rain sensor area in the cabin is hit.

When the ignition is switched ON and the wiper lever is in the AUTO position, do not touch the windshield or the windshield wipers Otherwise, the windshield wipers will operate automatically which could catch your fingers or damage the windshield wipers. When removing ice or snow, or cleaning the windshield, always make sure the wiper lever is in the OFF position.

NOTE

  • Switching the auto-wiper lever from the OFF to the AUTO position while driving activates the windshield wipers once, after which they operate according to the rainfall amount.
  • The auto-wiper control may not operate when the rain sensor temperature is about -10 °C (14 °F) or lower, or about 85 °C (185 °F) or higher.
  • If the windshield is coated with water repellent, the rain sensor may not be able to sense the amount of rainfall correctly and the auto-wiper control may not operate properly.
  • If dirt or foreign matter (such as ice or matter containing salt water) adheres to the windshield above the rain sensor, or if the windshield is iced, it could cause the wipers to move automatically. However, if the wipers cannot remove this ice, dirt or foreign matter, the auto-wiper control will stop operation. In this case, set the wiper lever to the low speed position or high speed position for manual operation, or remove the ice, dirt or foreign matter by hand to restore the auto-wiper operation.
  • If the auto-wiper lever is left in the AUTO position, the wipers could operate automatically from the effect of strong light sources, electromagnetic waves, or infrared light because the rain sensor uses an optical sensor. It is recommended that the auto-wiper lever be switched to the OFF position other than when driving the vehicle under rainy conditions.
  • If the headlight switch and the windshield wiper switch are in AUTO, and the wipers are operated at low or high speed by the auto wiper control for several seconds, bad weather conditions are determined and the headlights may be turned on. The auto-wiper control functions can be turned off. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

Windshield Washer
Pull the wiper lever toward you to spray washer fluid and operate the windshield wipers several times. The washer fluid is sprayed only while the windshield wipers move out of their stowed positions to the point where they start reversing back. If the washer does not work, inspect the fluid level (page 6-21). If the fluid level is normal, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Rear Window Wiper 

Rear Window Wiper 
The ignition must be switched ON to use the wiper.

Rear Window Wiper2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-96Turn the wiper on by turning the rear wiper/washer switch.

Switch Position Wiper operation
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-406 Spray washer fluid and operate the rear wiper
ON Normal
INT Intermittent
OFF Stop
Spray washer fluid and operate the rear wiper

Rear Window Washer
To spray washer fluid, turn the rear wiper/washer switch to either of the position. After the switch is released, the washer will stop.

NOTE
While the windshield washers are operating (from the time the wiper lever is pulled until the washer fluid stops spraying), the rear window washer does not spray washer fluid even if you operate the switch. If the washer does not work, inspect the fluid level . If the fluid level is normal and the washer still does not work, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Rear Window Defogger

Rear Window Defogger
The rear window defogger clears fog from the rear window. The ignition must be switched ON to use the defogger. Press the switch to turn on the rear window defogger. The rear window defogger operates for about 15 minutes and then turns off automatically. The indicator light illuminates when the defogger is operating. To turn off the rear window defogger before the 15 minutes has elapsed, press the switch again.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-107

  1. Indicator light

CAUTION

  • Do not use sharp instruments or window cleaners with abrasives to clean the inside of the rear window surface. They may damage the defogger grid inside the window.

NOTE

  • This defogger is not designed for melting snow. If there is an accumulation of snow on the rear window, remove it before using the defogger.
  • The rear window defogger operation time can be changed from 15 minutes to continuous operation. When the operation time has been switched to continuous operation, by pressing the switch, the rear window defogger will continue to operate until the ignition is switched OFF. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

Windshield Wiper Deicer
The thermal filaments at the following positions heat up and facilitate the removal of snow accumulated on the windshield.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-108The windshield wiper deicer operates in conjunction with the rear window defogger.

To turn on the windshield wiper
deicer, switch the ignition ON and press the rear window defogger switch.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-107

  1. Indicator light

Mirror Defogger
The mirror defoggers defrost the outside mirrors. The mirror defoggers operate in conjunction with the rear window defogger. To turn on the mirror defoggers, switch the ignition ON and press the rear window defogger switch.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-108

  1.  Indicator light

Horn

To sound the horn, press the 2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-109mark on the steering wheel.

Hazard Warning Flasher
The hazard warning lights should always be used when you stop on or near a roadway in an emergency.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-108The hazard warning lights warn other drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard and that they must take extreme caution when near it.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-111Depress the hazard warning flasher and all the turn signals will flash. The hazard warning indicator lights in the instrument cluster flash simultaneously.

NOTE
The turn signals do not work when the hazard warning lights are on.
Check local regulations about the use of hazard warning lights while the vehicle is being towed to verify that it is not in violation of the law.

HomeLink Wireless Control System

NOTE
HomeLink and HomeLink house are registered trademarks of Gentex Corporation. The HomeLink system replaces up to 3 hand-held transmitters with a single built-in component in the auto-dimming mirror. Pressing the HomeLink button on the auto-dimming mirror activates garage doors, gates and other devices surrounding your home.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-112

  1. Indicator light
  2. HomeLink button

WARNING
Do not use the HomeLink system with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse feature: Using the HomeLink system with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse feature as required by federal safety standards is dangerous. (This includes garage doors manufactured before April 1, 1982.) Using these garage door openers can increase the risk of serious injury or death. For further information, contact HomeLink at www.homelink.com or www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex or an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Always check the areas surrounding garage doors and gates for people or obstructions before programming or during operation of the HomeLink system: Programming or operating the HomeLink system without verifying the safety of areas surrounding garage doors and gates is dangerous and could result in an unexpected accident and serious injury if someone were to be hit.

NOTE
The programming will not be erased even if the battery is disconnected.

Pre-programming the HomeLink System
NOTE
It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand-held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal.

  • Verify that there is a remote control transmitter available for the device you would like to program.

Programming the HomeLink System
The HomeLink system provides 3 buttons which can be individually selected and programmed using the transmitters for current, on-market devices as follows:

  1. Press and release the HomeLink button you would like to program. The indicator light flashes slowly in amber when the button is pressed.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-113Indicator light
    1. HomeLink button
  2. Hold the hand-held transmitter 2.5 to 7.5 cm (1 to 3 in) away from the HomeLink button you would like to program while keeping the indicator light in view.
    NOTE
    Depending on the hand-held transmitter, it may be easier to do the programming by holding it 15 to 20 cm (6 to 7.8 in) away from the HomeLink button.
  3. Press the hand-held transmitter button continuously until the indicator light changes from amber (flashing) to green (on/flashing).

NOTE
Some gate operators and garage door openers may require you to replace this Programming Step 3 with procedures noted in the “Gate Operator/Canadian Programming” section.

  1. Press the HomeLink button again to check if the programming has been completed.
    •  If the indicator light remains on in green, the programming is complete and the device becomes operational.
    • If the indicator light flashes rapidly in green, firmly press and hold the Homelink button and release it after two seconds have passed. Repeat this process up to three times to complete the programming. The device becomes operational and programming is complete. If the device does not operate, go to the next step.
  2. At the garage door opener receiver (motor-head unit) in the garage, locate the “learn” or “smart” button. This can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor-head unit.
  3. Firmly press and release the “learn” or “smart” button. (The name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer.)

NOTE
Complete the programming within 30 seconds. Return to the vehicle and firmly press and hold the Homelink button, and then release it after two seconds have passed. Repeat the “press/hold/release” sequence a second time, and, depending on the brand of the garage door opener (or other rolling code equipped device), repeat this sequence a third time to complete the programming process. Press the programmed HomeLink button and make sure that the HomeLink System operates. If the status indicator arrows are flashing, refer to Garage Door Two-Way Communication.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-114

Indicator light

NOTE
To program the remaining two HomeLink buttons, go back to Step 1 of Programming the HomeLink System and repeat the procedure. For questions or comments, please contact HomeLink at www.homelink.com or www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex, or the HomeLink toll-free hotline at 1-800-355-3515 (for calls placed outside of the USA, Canada, and Puerto Rico, international rates will apply and may differ based on landline or mobile phone).

Gate operator/Canadian Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require transmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit) after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal during programming. Similar to this Canadian law, some U.S. gate operators are designed to “time-out” in the same manner. If you live in Canada or are having difficulties programming a gate operator by using the programming procedures (regardless of where you live), replace Step 3 of Programming the HomeLink System with the following:

NOTE
If programming a garage door opener or gate operator, it is advised to unplug the device during the “cycling” process to prevent possible overheating. While the indicator light is flashing in amber, press the button on the hand-held transmitter for 2 seconds and release it repeatedly until the indicator light changes from amber to green. Go back to Step 4 of Programming the HomeLink System to complete the procedure.

Operating the HomeLink System
Press the programmed HomeLink button to operate a programmed device.

Reprogramming the HomeLink system
To program a device to HomeLink using a HomeLink button previously trained, follow these steps:

  1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button. DO NOT release the button.
  2. After 20 seconds, the indicator light flashes in amber. After the indicator light flashes, release the HomeLink button.
  3. Go back to Step 2 of Programming the HomeLink System to complete the procedure.

NOTE
If the programming has not been completed, the system returns to the previous programming.

Erasing Programmed HomeLink Buttons

NOTE
All of the programmed HomeLink buttons are reset. Individual buttons cannot be reset, however, individual buttons can be reprogrammed. For individual button reprogramming, refer to Reprogramming the HomeLink System . Verify that the programming has been erased if you resell the vehicle.

  1. Press the two outer HomeLink buttons continuously at the same time until the indicator light flashes.
    1. HomeLink button 3
    2. HomeLink button 1
  2. Stop pressing the HomeLink buttons.

Garage Door Two-Way Communication
The garage door two-way communication is a function that communicates with the garage door opener and indicates whether the garages door is open or closed using the indicator lights in the rear view mirror. It can indicate the status of the garage door within a range up-to 250 m (820 ft).

NOTE
The communication range may shorten depending on obstructions.

Programming two-way communication
Within five seconds after programming a new HomeLink button, both of the garage door status indicator lights will flash rapidly in green indicating that the garage door two-way communication has been established. If the garage door status indicator lights flash, the two-way communication programming is complete. If the garage door status indicator lights do not flash, the two-way communication programming is not completed. For additional HomeLink information and programming videos, refer to the following Websites:

Operating the garage door two-way communication By pressing HomeLink buttons 1 and 2 at the same time for two seconds, the status of the garage door is indicated for about 3 seconds as follows:2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-115

  1. HomeLink button 2
  2. HomeLink button 1

Garage door status

Indicator light

Closing2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-117 Amber flashes
 
Opening2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-118 Amber flashes
 
Closed2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-117 Green turns on
 
Opened2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-118 Green turns on
 

NOTE
The programming will not be erased even if the battery is disconnected.

Brake System

Foot Brake
This vehicle has power-assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal use. Should power-assist fail, you can stop by applying greater force than normal to the brake pedal. But the distance required to stop will be greater than usual.

WARNING
Do not coast with the engine stalled or turned off, find a safe place to stop:
Coasting with the engine stalled or turned off is dangerous. Braking will require more effort, and the brake’s power-assist could be depleted if you pump the brake. This will cause longer stopping distances or even an accident.

Shift to a lower gear when going down steep hills:
Driving with your foot continuously on the brake pedal or steadily applying the brakes for long distances is dangerous. This causes overheated brakes, resulting in longer stopping distances or even total brake failure. This could cause loss of vehicle control and a serious accident. Avoid continuous application of the brakes.

Dry off brakes that have become wet by driving slowly, releasing the accelerator pedal and lightly applying the brakes several times until the brake performance returns to normal:
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous. Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident. Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected.

CAUTION

  • Do not drive with your foot held on the clutch pedal or brake pedal, or hold the clutch pedal depressed halfway unnecessarily. Doing so could result in the following:
  • The clutch and brake parts will wear out more quickly.
  • The brakes can overheat and adversely affect brake performance.
  • Always depress the brake pedal with the right foot. Applying the brakes with the unaccustomed left foot could slow your reaction time to an emergency situation resulting in insufficient braking operation.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-119
  • Wear shoes appropriate for driving in order to avoid your shoe contacting the brake pedal when depressing the accelerator pedal.

Electric Parking Brake (EPB)
The EPB system applies the parking brake using an electric motor. The system can operate automatically and manually. The EPB switch indicator light turns on when applying the parking brake and it turns off when releasing the parking brake.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-120

  1. Indicator light

WARNING

Do not drive the vehicle with the parking brake applied:
If the vehicle is driven with the parking brake applied, the brake parts may generate heat and the brake system may not operate, leading to an accident. Before driving the vehicle, release the parking brake and make sure that the EPB indicator light in the instrument cluster turns off.

Do not drive the vehicle with the parking brake applied:
If the vehicle is driven with the parking brake applied, the brake parts may generate heat and the brake system may not operate, leading to an accident. Before driving the vehicle, release the parking brake and make sure that the EPB indicator light in the instrument cluster turns off.

 

  • The parking brake cannot be applied or released while the vehicle battery is dead.
    Refer to If a Jump-Starting.
  • When the charging system warning light in the instrument cluster turns on, the parking brake cannot be applied after switching the ignition OFF. Before switching the ignition OFF, apply the parking brake manually.
  • The sound of the parking brake being applied or released can be heard, however, this does not indicate a problem.
  • If the EPB is not used for long periods, an automatic inspection of the system is performed while the vehicle is parked. An operation sound can be heard, however, this does not indicate a problem.
    When applying the parking brake and switching OFF the ignition, an operation sound can be heard, however, this does not indicate a problem.
    The brake pedal may move while applying or releasing the parking brake, however, this does not indicate a problem.
  • If there is a problem with the brake system (foot brake) while driving the vehicle, continually pulling up the EPB switch will apply the brakes and decelerate or stop the vehicle. The parking brake on-reminder sound is activated while the brake is applied. In addition, when releasing the switch, the brake is released and the sound stops.
    If the parking brake is applied with the ignition switched OFF or in ACC, the EPB indicator light in the instrument cluster and the indicator light in the switch may turn on for 15 seconds.
    When using an automatic car wash which moves the vehicle with the front tires mounted, it is necessary to cancel the parking brake auto operation before the vehicle enters the automatic car wash. For details, refer to Canceling the parking brake automatic operation.

Manual operation
Applying the parking brake manually
When the brake pedal is firmly depressed and the EPB switch is pulled up, the parking brake is applied regardless of the ignition position. When the parking brake is applied, the EPB indicator light in the instrument cluster and the EPB switch indicator light turn on.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-121

Releasing the parking brake manually
When the brake pedal is firmly depressed and the EPB switch is pressed while the ignition is switched ON or the engine is running, the parking brake is released. When the parking brake is released, the EPB indicator light in the instrument cluster and the EPB switch indicator light turn off.

If the EPB switch is pressed without depressing the brake pedal, a message is displayed on the multi-information display to notify the driver to depress the brake pedal.
Refer to Message Indicated on Multi-information Display.

Auto operation
Applying the parking brake automatically
When the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF, the parking brake will be applied automatically. When the parking brake is applied, the EPB indicator light in the instrument cluster and the EPB switch indicator light turn on.

NOTE
To release the parking brake when the ignition is switched OFF, it is necessary to cancel the parking brake auto operation. For details, refer to Canceling the parking brake automatic operation.

Releasing the parking brake automatically
If the accelerator pedal is depressed with the parking brake applied and all of the following conditions met, the parking brake is released automatically. When the parking brake is released, the EPB indicator light in the instrument cluster and the EPB switch indicator light turn off.

  • The engine is running.
    The driver’s door is closed.
    The driver’s seat belt is fastened.
    (Manual transmission vehicle)
    The shift lever is in a position other than neutral.
    The clutch pedal is depressed halfway.
    (Automatic transmission vehicle)

The selector lever is in the D, M, or R position.

NOTE
If something such as the driver’s foot contacts the accelerator pedal with the engine running and the parking brake applied, the parking brake might be released automatically. If you do not intend to start driving the vehicle immediately, shift the shift lever to the neutral position for a manual transmission, or shift the selector lever to the P or N position for an automatic transmission.

Canceling the parking brake automatic operation
The parking brake automatic operation can be canceled by doing any of the following after switching the ignition from ON to OFF.

Auto operation cancel method 1

  1. Switch the ignition ON.
  2. Release the parking brake manually.
  3. Turn off the AUTOHOLD.
  4. Press the EPB switch continuously for 2 seconds or longer (until a sound is activated).
  5.  Release the EPB switch and switch the ignition OFF within 5 seconds after the sound was activated. After the auto operation is canceled, a sound is activated one time, and the EPB switch indicator light switches from illumination to flashing, and then turns off after 3 seconds.

Auto operation cancel method 2

  1.  Switch the ignition ON.
  2.  Release the parking brake manually.
  3.  Turn off the AUTOHOLD.
  4. Switch the ignition OFF with the EPB switch pressed while the brake pedal is not depressed.
    When the auto operation is canceled, a sound is activated one time, and the EPB switch indicator light goes from normal flashing to faster flashing, and then turns off after 3 seconds.

NOTE

  • When canceling the parking brake auto operation and parking the vehicle, shift the shift lever to the 1st gear or the R position for a manual transmission, or shift the selector lever to the P position for an automatic transmission, and then use wheel blocks.
    The auto operation may not cancel if the vehicle is parked on a steep slope.

When the ignition is switched ON, the parking brake auto operation is restored.

Warning Light
The warning light turns on when the system has a malfunction. Refer to Brake System Warning Indication/Warning Light.

Brake Pad Wear Indicator
When the disc brake pads become worn, the built-in wear indicators contact the disc plates. This causes a screeching noise to warn that the pads should be replaced.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-122

When you hear this noise, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

WARNING
Do not drive with worn disc pads: Driving with worn disc pads is dangerous. The brakes could fail and cause a serious accident. As soon as you hear a screeching noise consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTE
In high humidity weather conditions, brake noises, such as brake squeak or brake squeal can be heard. It does not indicate a malfunction.

Brake Assist
During emergency braking situations when it is necessary to depress the brake pedal with greater force, the brake assist system provides braking assistance, thus enhancing braking performance. When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly, the brakes apply more firmly.

NOTE

  • When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly, the pedal will feel softer but the brakes will apply more firmly. This is a normal effect of the brake assist operation and does not indicate a malfunction.
  • When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly, a motor/pump operation noise may be heard. This is a normal effect of the brake assist and does not indicate a malfunction.
  • The brake assist equipment does not supersede the functionality of the vehicle’s main braking system.

Brake Override System
The brake override system applies the brake first for safety if the brake pedal and accelerator pedal are depressed at the same time.

NOTE
Operation of the brake override system can be turned on or off. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

AUTOHOLD
The AUTOHOLD function automatically holds the vehicle stopped, even if you take your foot off the brake pedal. This function can be best used while stopped in traffic or at a traffic light. The brakes are released when you start driving the vehicle.

WARNING

Do not rely completely on the AUTOHOLD function:
The AUTOHOLD function is only designed to assist the brake operation while the vehicle is stopped. Neglecting to operate the brakes and relying only on the AUTOHOLD system is dangerous and could result in an unexpected accident if the vehicle were to suddenly move. Operate the brakes appropriately in accordance with the road and surrounding conditions.

Do not release your foot from the brake pedal while the vehicle is stopped on a steep grade:
Because there is a possibility of the vehicle not being held in the stopped position by the AUTOHOLD function, the vehicle may move unexpectedly and result in an accident.

Do not use the AUTOHOLD function on slippery roads such as icy or snow-covered roads, or unpaved roads:
Even if the vehicle is held in the stopped position by the AUTOHOLD function, the vehicle may move unexpectedly and result in an accident. Operate the accelerator pedal, brakes, or steering wheel appropriately as necessary.

Immediately depress the brake pedal in the following cases:
Because the AUTOHOLD function is canceled forcibly, the vehicle may move unexpectedly and result in an accident.

  • “Depress Brake Pedal. Brake Hold Disabled” is displayed in the multi-information display and the warning sound is activated at the same time.

Always apply the parking brake when parking the vehicle:
Not applying the parking brake when parking the vehicle is dangerous as the vehicle may move unexpectedly and result in an accident. When parking the vehicle, shift the selector lever to the P position (automatic transmission vehicle) and apply the parking brake.

CAUTION
If you stop operating the accelerator pedal before the vehicle starts moving, the force holding the vehicle in the stopped position may weaken. Firmly depress the brake pedal or depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate the vehicle.

NOTE

  • Under the following conditions, a problem with the AUTOHOLD is occurring. Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
  • A message is indicated on the multi-information display and a warning sound is activated for about 5 seconds while the AUTOHOLD is operating or when you press the AUTOHOLD switch.
  • If you switch the ignition OFF while the AUTOHOLD is operating, the parking brake is applied automatically to assist you with parking the vehicle.
  • The AUTOHOLD is canceled when the selector lever/shift lever is shifted to R position while the vehicle is on level ground, or facing up a hill or grade (as shown below).
Vehicle posture and road surface gradient AUTOHOLD operation status
Vehicle tilts forward 2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-123   Operates
Level ground 2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-124 Does not operate, canceled
Vehicle tilts rearward 2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-125 Does not operate, canceled

Reverse driving (selector lever/shift lever in the reverse (R) position)

To Turn On AUTOHOLD System
Press the AUTOHOLD switch and when the AUTOHOLD standby indicator light turns on, the AUTOHOLD function turns on.
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-126

  1.  AUTOHOLD standby indicator light
    NOTE
    When all of the following conditions are met, the AUTOHOLD standby indicator light turns on when the AUTOHOLD switch is pressed and the AUTOHOLD function turns on.
  2.  The ignition is switched ON (engine is running).
  3.  The driver’s seat belt is fastened.
  4. The driver’s door is closed.
  5. There is no problem with the AUTOHOLD function.

To operate AUTOHOLD and hold the brakes

  1. Depress the brake pedal and bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
  2.  The AUTOHOLD active indicator light in the instrument cluster turns on and the brakes are held.
    2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-55
  3. -The vehicle is held in its stopped position even with the brake pedal released.

NOTE
When all of the following conditions are met, the AUTOHOLD operates and the brakes are held.

  • The ignition is switched ON (engine is running).
  • The vehicle is stopped.
  • The brake pedal is being depressed.
  • The AUTOHOLD active indicator light turns on.
  • The accelerator pedal is not depressed.
  • The driver’s seat belt is fastened.
  • The driver’s door is closed.
  • There is no problem with the AUTOHOLD function.
  • The parking brake is released.
    There is no problem with the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) function.
    (Automatic transmission vehicle)
    The selector lever is in a position other than R position or the vehicle tilts forward with the selector lever in the R position.

To release AUTOHOLD and start driving the vehicle
If you try to resume driving the vehicle, the brakes will be released automatically and the AUTOHOLD active indicator light turns off.

NOTE

  • If the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) switch is pulled while the AUTOHOLD is operating, the parking brake is applied and the AUTOHOLD is released. In addition, if the parking brake is released under this condition, the AUTOHOLD operates to hold the brakes.
  •  Under the following conditions, the parking brake is automatically applied and the AUTOHOLD is released. The AUTOHOLD is
    re-enabled when the conditions before the AUTOHOLD is released are restored.
  • The driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
  •  The driver’s door is opened.
  •  When about 10 minutes or longer have passed since the AUTOHOLD operation started, the parking brake is automatically applied. Because the AUTOHOLD is restored when releasing the parking brake, the hold on the brakes by AUTOHOLD function resumes.
  • (Manual transmission vehicle)
    When starting to drive the vehicle forward or in reverse on a down slope, depress the clutch pedal and shift the shift lever to the appropriate position for driving in the desired direction, and then depress the accelerator pedal to release the AUTOHOLD.
  • The AUTOHOLD can be canceled forcibly by fully depressing the accelerator pedal for 1 second or longer while the AUTOHOLD is operating. Forcibly cancel the AUTOHOLD only when the AUTOHOLD cannot be canceled due to a system malfunction or it is necessary to cancel the AUTOHOLD in an emergency.

To Turn Off AUTOHOLD System
Depress the brake pedal and press the AUTOHOLD switch. The AUTOHOLD is turned off and the AUTOHOLD standby indicator light turns off.
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-128

  1. AUTOHOLD standby indicator light

NOTE

  • When the brakes are not held such as while driving the vehicle, the AUTOHOLD can be turned off only by pressing the AUTOHOLD switch.
    If the AUTOHOLD switch is pressed without depressing the brake pedal while AUTOHOLD is operating
    (AUTOHOLD active indicator light in instrument cluster is turned on), the message “Depress Brake Pedal and Operate Switch to Release” is indicated on the multi-information display to notify the driver to depress the brake pedal.
  •  If any of the following conditions occurs while the AUTOHOLD function is operating (AUTOHOLD active indicator light is turned on), the parking brake is applied automatically and the AUTOHOLD function turns off. For the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) operation, refer to the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) on page 4-66.
    The ignition is switched OFF.
    There is a problem with the AUTOHOLD function.

Hill Launch Assist (HLA)

The HLA functions to assist in accelerating the vehicle from a stop on slopes. When releasing the brake pedal and depressing the accelerator pedal to accelerate the vehicle from a stop while on a slope, the function prevents the vehicle from rolling. The HLA also operates when reversing on a slope. The braking force is maintained automatically after releasing the brake pedal on a steep slope. For manual transmission vehicles, the HLA operates when the vehicle is tilted rearward with the shift lever in a forward gear, and operates when the vehicle is tilted forward with the shift lever in the R position. For automatic transmission vehicles, the HLA operates when the vehicle is tilted rearward with the selector lever in a forward gear, and operates when the vehicle is tilted forward with the selector lever in the R position.

WARNING

Do not rely completely on HLA:
HLA is an auxiliary device for accelerating from a stop on a slope. The system only operates for about 2 seconds and therefore, relying only on the system, when accelerating from a stop is dangerous because the vehicle may move (roll) unexpectedly and cause an accident. The vehicle could roll depending on the vehicle’s load or if it is towing something. In addition, for vehicles with a manual transmission, the vehicle could still roll depending on how the clutch pedal or the accelerator pedal is operated. Always confirm the safety around the vehicle before starting to drive the vehicle.

NOTE

  • HLA does not operate on a gentle slope. In addition, the gradient of the slope on which the system will operate changes depending on the vehicle’s load.
    HLA does not operate if the parking brake is applied, the vehicle has not stopped completely, or the clutch pedal is released.
    While HLA is operating, the brake pedal may feel stiff and vibrate, however, this does not indicate a malfunction.
    HLA does not operate while the TCS/DSC indicator light is illuminated.
    Refer to TCS/DSC Indication/Indicator Light (Turns on)
  • HLA does not turn off even if the DSC OFF switch is pressed to turn off the TCS/DSC.

FAQs

What type of engine does the 2020 Mazda3 have?

The 2.0-liter Skyactiv-G four-cylinder engine and the 2.5-liter Skyactiv-G four-cylinder engine are the two engine choices for the 2020 Mazda3.

What is the horsepower of the 2.0-liter engine in the 2020 Mazda3?

The 2020 Mazda3’s 2.0-liter Skyactiv-G engine makes 155 horsepower.

How much horsepower does the 2.5-liter engine in the 2020 Mazda3 have?

The 2020 Mazda3’s 2.5-liter Skyactiv-G engine produces 186 horsepower.

What type of transmission does the 2020 Mazda3 come with?

The six-speed manual or six-speed automatic transmission are both options for the 2020 Mazda3.

Is all-wheel drive (AWD) available on the 2020 Mazda3?

The 2020 Mazda3 has all-wheel drive as an option on some model levels.

What is the fuel economy of the 2020 Mazda3 with the 2.0-liter engine and automatic transmission?

The 2020 Mazda3 gets about 27 mpg in the city and 36 mpg on the highway when equipped with the 2.0-liter engine with automatic transmission.

Can the 2020 Mazda3 be equipped with a turbocharged engine?

A turbocharged engine is not a factory-installed option for the 2020 Mazda3.

How many gears does the automatic transmission have in the 2020 Mazda3?

The 2020 Mazda3’s six-speed automatic transmission features six speeds.

Does the 2020 Mazda3 have a sport mode for the transmission?

The 2020 Mazda3 has a Sport setting for more engaging driving dynamics if it has an automatic transmission.

Can the 2020 Mazda3 be flat-towed behind an RV?

Because flat-towing the 2020 Mazda3 could harm the drivetrain, Mazda does not advise it.

Does the 2020 Mazda3 have paddle shifters?

The 2020 Mazda3 does not have paddle shifters.

What is the maximum towing capacity of the 2020 Mazda3?

The 2020 Mazda3 is not intended to be towed, and Mazda has not given this vehicle a maximum towing capability.

Useful Links

View Full User: 2020 Mazda3 User Manual | Auto User Guide
Download Link: Owner’s – Manuals, Guides, Maintenance Schedules | Mazda USA

Mazda Logo

2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual

Introduction

A compact car with a blend of fashionable styling, exciting driving qualities, and cutting-edge technology is the 2020 Mazda3. Its engine and transmission system are one of the main factors that affect how well it performs. The 2020 Mazda3 has a choice of two different engines under the hood. A 2.0-liter Skyactiv G four-cylinder engine, which offers a sporty performance, is the first. It produces 150 lb-ft of torque and 155 horsepower, making for a brisk and responsive driving experience. With a balance between power and fuel efficiency, this engine is renowned for its efficiency.

Mazda provides a second engine option for the Mazda3 for customers desiring even more power. A 2.5-liter Skyactiv-G four-cylinder engine with 186 hp and 186 lb-ft of torque powers the vehicle. This engine is excellent for drivers who want a more thrilling driving experience because it has impressive acceleration and a smooth power delivery. In terms of transmission choices, Mazda provides the 2020 Mazda3 with both manual and automatic gearboxes. Six-speed manual transmission is the standard transmission, giving drivers who desire complete control over gear changes a more exciting and hands-on driving experience.

Engine and Transmission

Ignition Switch

Push Button Start Positions
The system operates only when the key is within operational range. Each time the push button start is pressed, the ignition switches in the order of off, ACC, and ON. Pressing the push button start again from ON switches the ignition off.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-01

  1.  Indicator light
  2. Push button start

NOTE

  • The engine starts by pressing the push button start while depressing the clutch pedal (manual transmission) or the brake pedal (automatic transmission). To switch the ignition position, press the push button start without depressing the pedal.
  • Do not leave the ignition switched ON while the engine is not running. Doing so could result in the battery going dead. If the ignition is left in ACC (For automatic transmission, the selector lever is in the P position, and the ignition is in ACC), the ignition switches off automatically after about 25 minutes.

Off
The power supply to electrical devices turns off and the indicator light (amber) also turns off.

WARNING
Before leaving the driver’s seat, always switch the ignition off, set the parking brake, and make sure the selector lever is in P (automatic transmission) position or in 1st gear or R (manual transmission): Leaving the driver’s seat without switching the ignition off, setting the parking brake, and shifting the selector lever to P (automatic transmission) position or to 1st gear or R (manual transmission) is dangerous. Unexpected vehicle movement could occur which could result in an accident. In addition, if your intention is to leave the vehicle for even a short period, it is important to switch the ignition off, as leaving it in another position will disable some of the vehicle’s security systems and run the battery down.

ACC (Accessory)
Some electrical accessories will operate and the indicator light (amber) illuminates.

NOTE
The keyless entry system does not function while the push button start has been pressed to ACC, and the doors will not lock/unlock even if they have been locked manually.

ON
This is the normal running position after the engine is started. The indicator light (amber) turns off. (The indicator light (amber) illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and the engine is not running.) Some indicator lights/warning lights should be inspected before the engine is started. Refer to Warning/Indicator Lights . Refer to Indication/Indicator Light.

NOTE
When the push button start is pressed to ON, the sound of the fuel pump motor operating near the fuel tank can be heard. This does not indicate an abnormality.

Starting the Engine

Starting the Engine
WARNING Radio waves from the key may affect medical devices such as pacemakers: Before using the key near people who use medical devices, ask the medical device manufacturer or your physician if radio waves from the key will affect the device.

NOTE

  • The key must be carried because the key carries an immobilizer chip that must communicate with the engine controls at short range.
  • The engine can be started when the push button start is pressed from off, ACC, or ON.
  • The push button start system functions (function which can start the engine by only carrying the key) can be deactivated to prevent any possible adverse effect on a user wearing a pacemaker or other medical device. If the system is deactivated, you will be unable to start the engine by carrying the key. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details. If the push button start system functions have been deactivated, you can start the engine by following the procedure indicated when the key battery goes dead. Refer to Engine Start Function When Key Battery is Dead on
  •  After starting a cold engine, the engine speed increases and a whining sound from the engine compartment can be heard. This is for improved exhaust gas purification and does not indicate any parts defect.
  • Engine-starting is controlled by the spark ignition system. This system meets all Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise.
  1. Make sure you are carrying the key.
  2. Occupants should fasten their seat belts.
  3.  Make sure the parking brake is on.
  4.  Continue to depress the brake pedal firmly until the engine has completely started.
  5.  (Manual transmission)
    Continue to depress the clutch pedal firmly until the engine has completely started.
  6. (Automatic transmission)
    Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must restart the engine while the vehicle is moving, shift into neutral (N).

NOTE

  • (Manual transmission)
    The starter will not operate if the clutch pedal is not depressed sufficiently.
    (Automatic transmission)
    The starter will not operate if the selector lever is not in P or N position and the brake pedal is not depressed sufficiently.

Make sure that the KEY indicator light (green) in the instrument cluster and push button start indicator light (green) turns on.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-02

  1. Indicator light
  2.  Push button start

NOTE

  •  If the push button start indicator light (green) flashes, make sure that the key is being carried.
  • If the push button start indicator light (green) flashes with the key being carried, touch the key to the push button start and start the engine. Refer to Engine Start Function When Key .

CAUTION
If the KEY warning indication (red) is displayed, or the push button start indicator light (amber) flashes, this could indicate a problem with the engine starting system. This may prevent the engine from starting or from switching the ignition to ACC or ON. Refer to KEY Warning Indication/Warning Light (Red) on page. Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

NOTE

  • Under the following conditions, the KEY warning indication (red) is displayed after the push button start is pressed. This informs the driver that the push button start will not switch to ACC, even if it is pressed from off.
  • The key battery is dead.
  • The key is out of operational range.
  • The key is placed in areas where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal.
  • A key from another manufacturer similar to the key is in the operational range.
  • (Forced engine starting method) If the KEY warning indication (red) is displayed, or the push button start indicator light (amber) flashes, this could indicate that the engine may not start using the usual starting method. Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. If this occurs, the engine can be force-started. Press and hold the push button start until the engine starts. Other procedures necessary for starting the engine, such as having the key in the cabin, and depressing the clutch pedal (manual transmission) or the brake pedal (automatic transmission) are required.
  • When the engine is force-started, the KEY warning indication (red) remains displayed and the push button start indicator light (amber) remains flashing.
  • (Automatic transmission)
    When the selector lever is in the neutral (N) position, the push button start indicator light (green) does not turn on.
  • Press the push button start after the push button start indicator light (green) turns on.

NOTE
After starting the engine, the push button start indicator light (amber) turns off and the ignition switches to the ON position. After pressing the push button start and before the engine starts, the operation sound of the fuel pump motor from near the fuel tank can be heard, however, this does not indicate a malfunction. After starting the engine, let it idle for about 10 seconds.

NOTE

  • Do not use high engine speeds until reaching the operating temperature.
  • Whether the engine is cold or warm, it should be started without the use of the accelerator.
  • If the engine does not start the first time, refer to Starting a Flooded Engine under Emergency Starting. If the engine still does not start, have your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer .

Engine Start Function When Key Battery is Dead

CAUTION
When starting the engine by holding the transmitter over the push button start due to a dead key battery or a malfunctioning key, be careful not to allow the following, otherwise the signal from the key will not be received correctly and the engine may not start.

  • Metal parts of other keys or metal objects touch the key.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-02Spare keys or keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system touch or come near the key.
  • 2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-04
  • Devices for electronic purchases, or security passage touch or come near the key.

If the engine cannot be started due to a dead key battery, the engine can be started using the following procedure:

  1. Continue to depress the brake pedal firmly until the engine has completely started.
  2.  (Manual transmission)
    Continue to depress the clutch pedal firmly until the engine has completely started.
  3. (Automatic transmission)
    Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must restart the engine while the vehicle is moving, shift into neutral (N).
  4.  Make sure that the push button start indication light (green) flashes.
  5.  Align the center area of the emblem on the transmitter with the center area of the push button start while the push button start indicator light (green) flashes.

2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-02

  1. Indicator light
  2. Push button start
  3. Transmitter
  4. Emblem
  • Make sure that the push button start indicator light (green) turns on. Press the push button start to start the engine.
  • The engine cannot be started unless the clutch pedal is fully depressed (manual transmission) or the brake pedal is fully depressed (automatic transmission).
  • If there is a malfunction with the push button start function, the push button start indicator light (amber) flashes. In this case, the engine may start, however, have the vehicle checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
  •  If the push button start indicator light (green) does not illuminate, perform the operation from the beginning again. If it does not illuminate, have the vehicle checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
  •  To switch the ignition position without starting the engine, perform the following operations after the push button start indicator light (green) turns on.
  • Release the clutch pedal (manual transmission) or brake pedal (automatic transmission).
  • Press the push button start to switch the ignition position. The ignition switches in the order of ACC, ON, and off each time the push button start is pressed. To switch the ignition position again, perform the operation from the beginning.

Emergency Operation for Starting the Engine If the KEY warning indication (red) is displayed, or the push button start indicator light (amber) flashes, this could indicate that the engine may not start using the usual starting method. Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. If this occurs, the engine can be force-started. Press and hold the push button start until the engine starts. Other procedures necessary for starting the engine such as having the key in the cabin, and depressing the clutch pedal (manual transmission) or the brake pedal (automatic transmission) are required.

Turning Engine Off

WARNING Do not stop the engine while the vehicle is moving:
Stopping the engine while the vehicle is moving for any reason other than in an emergency is dangerous. Stopping the engine while the vehicle is moving will result in reduced braking ability due to the loss of power braking, which could cause an accident and serious injury.

  1.  Stop the vehicle completely.
  2. (Manual transmission) Shift into neutral and set the parking brake.
  3. (Automatic transmission)
    Shift the selector lever to the P position and set the parking brake.
  4. Press the push button start to turn off the engine. The ignition position is off.

CAUTION

  • When leaving the vehicle, make sure the push button start is off.

NOTE

  • The cooling fan in the engine compartment could turn on for a few minutes after the ignition is switched from ON to OFF, whether or not the A/C is on or off, to cool the engine compartment quickly.
  • If the system detects that the remaining battery power of the key is low when the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF, the following is indicated. Replace with a new battery before the key becomes unusable. Refer to Key Battery Replacement. A message is indicated in the display of the instrument cluster. Refer to KEY Warning Indication/Warning Light (Red) .
  • (Automatic transmission)
    If the engine is turned off while the selector lever is in a position other than P, the ignition switches to ACC.

Emergency Engine Stop
Continuously pressing the push button start or quickly pressing it any number of times while the engine is running or the vehicle is being driven will turn the engine off immediately. The ignition switches to ACC.

Cylinder Deactivation

The cylinder deactivation is a function designed to reduce fuel consumption and improve fuel economy by deactivating 2 out of the 4 cylinders while driving. The function constantly determines which is better for driving; 4 cylinders or 2 cylinders, regardless of the driver’s operations, and it performs the switching automatically.

When the cylinder deactivation function does not operate
The cylinder deactivation function does not operate under the following conditions.

  • The selector lever is in the P, N, or R position (automatic transmission), or 1st gear (manual transmission).
  • The engine oil temperature or engine coolant temperature is low.
  •  After disconnecting the battery terminals for some reason, such as for battery replacement.

Instrument Cluster Display

Instrument Cluster and Display2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-06

  1. Instrument Cluster
  2. Active Driving Display

Instrument Cluster2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-07

  1. Tachometer
  2. ①Tachometer
  3. ①Tachometer
  4. Gauge
  5. ⑤Dashboard Illumination Switch
  6. Switch
  7. TRIP Switch

Speedometer
The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle.

Tachometer
The tachometer shows engine speed in thousands of revolutions per minute (rpm).

CAUTION
Do not run the engine with the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE. This may cause severe engine damage.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-08

  1. STRIPED ZONE
  2. RED ZONE

*1 The range varies depending on the type of gauge.

NOTE
When the tachometer needle enters the STRIPED ZONE, this indicates to the driver that the gears should be shifted before entering the RED ZONE.

Multi-information Display

  1. Multi-information Display

The multi-information display indicates the following information.

  • Speedometer
  • Odometer
  • Trip meter
  • Outside temperature
  • Distance-to-empty
  • Average fuel economy
  • Current fuel economy
  • Deceleration Regeneration Charge Display (M Hybrid)
  • i-ACTIVSENSE Display
  • Compass Display
  • Door-Ajar/Trunk lid-Ajar/Liftgate-Ajar Warning Indication*1
  • Message Display

*1 Displayed when opening door/trunk lid/liftgate. The screen content changes each time the INFO switch is pressed.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-10

  1.  Basic display
  2. Drive information display
  3. i-ACTIVSENSE display
  4. Message display*1

*1 Displayed only when a warning occurs. The type of display for the fuel economy and the maximum driving distance can be changed. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.
Odometer, Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector
You can switch between the odometer and trip meter display using the TRIP switch.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-11

  1. TRIP switch
  2. Odometer display
  3. Trip meter A display
  4. Trip meter B display

Odometer The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven.

Trip meter
The driving distance for a specified interval is indicated. Two types (TRIP A, TRIP B) of interval distance can be measured. For instance, trip meter A can record the distance from the point of origin, and trip meter B can record the distance from where the fuel tank is filled. When trip meter A is selected, TRIP A will be displayed. When trip meter B is selected, TRIP B will be displayed. The trip meter can be reset by pressing the TRIP switch for 1.5 seconds or more while the trip meter is displayed.

NOTE Only the trip meters record tenths of kilometers (miles).

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
Displays the engine coolant temperature. The blue range of the gauge indicates that the engine coolant temperature is low, and the red range of the gauge indicates that the engine coolant temperature is high and overheating.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-12CAUTION
When the engine coolant temperature gauge needle is in the red range, the engine coolant temperature is extremely high. Drive slowly to reduce engine load. If the engine coolant temperature gauge needle is in the red range, there is the possibility of overheating. Park the vehicle in a safe place immediately and take appropriate measures.

NOTE
If the engine or engine coolant temperature is high or low, the engine output may be restricted to protect the engine.

Fuel Gauge
The fuel gauge shows approximately how much fuel is remaining in the tank when the ignition is switched ON. We recommend keeping the tank over 1/4 full.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-13

  1. Full
  2.  1/4 Full
  3.  Empty

If the low fuel warning light illuminates or the fuel level is very low, refuel as soon as possible. If inconsistency in engine performance or stalling occurs due to low fuel level conditions, refuel the vehicle as soon as possible and add at least 10 L (2.7 US gal, 2.2 Imp gal) of fuel.] Refer to Low Fuel Warning Indication/Warning Light. NOTE

  • After refueling, it may require some time for the indicator to stabilize. In addition, the indicator may deviate while driving on a slope or curve since the fuel moves in the tank.
  • The direction of the arrow indicates that the fuel-filler lid is on the left side of the vehicle.

Dashboard Illumination (Without auto-light control)
When the lights are turned on with the ignition switched ON, the brightness of the dashboard illumination is dimmed.(With auto-light control) When the lights are turned on with the ignition switched ON, the brightness of the dashboard illumination is dimmed. However, when the light sensor detects that the surrounding area is bright such as when the lights are turned on in the daytime, the dashboard illumination does not dim.

NOTE
 (With auto-light control) When the ignition is switched ON in the early evening or at dusk, the dashboard illumination is dimmed for several seconds until the light sensor detects the brightness of the surrounding area, however, the dimming may cancel after the brightness is detected.

  • When the lights are turned on, the lights-on indicator light in the instrument cluster turns on. Refer to Headlights.  The brightness of the instrument panel and dashboard illuminations can be adjusted by pressing the dashboard illumination switch while the dashboard illumination is dimmed.
  • The brightness increases by pressing the + switch. The brightness decreases by pressing the – switch. If you press the – switch while the instrument cluster is at maximum dimness, a sound is activated to notify you that the current dimmer setting is at maximum dimness.

2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-21

  1. Bright
  2. Dim
  • Function for canceling illumination dimmer
    The illumination dimmer can be canceled by pressing the + switch while the instrument cluster is at maximum dimness and while the ignition is switched ON. If you press the + switch again while the illumination dimmer is canceled, a sound is activated to notify you that it is canceled. If the instrument cluster’s visibility is reduced due to glare from surrounding brightness, cancel the illumination dimmer.

NOTE

  • When the illumination dimmer is canceled, the instrument cluster cannot be dimmed even if the lights are turned on.
  • When the illumination dimmer is canceled, the screen in the center display switches to constant display of the daytime screen.

Outside Temperature Display
When the ignition is switched ON, the outside temperature is displayed. 2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-15NOTE

  • Under the following conditions, the outside temperature display may differ from the actual outside temperature depending on the surroundings and vehicle conditions:
  • Significantly cold or hot temperatures.
  • Sudden changes in outside temperature.
  • The vehicle is parked.
  • The vehicle is driven at low speeds.

Changing the Temperature Unit of the Outside Temperature Display
The outside temperature unit can be switched between Celsius and Fahrenheit. Settings can be changed by operating the center display screen. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

Distance-to-empty
This displays the approximate distance you can travel on the remaining fuel based on the fuel economy. The distance-to-empty will be calculated and displayed every second. When the remaining distance-to-empty is 50 km (30 miles) or farther, the remaining distance-to-empty indication decreases in 10 km (10 mile) increments, and when the remaining distance-to-empty is 50 km (30 miles) or shorter, it decreases in 1 km (1 mile) increments.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-16NOTE

  • This displays the approximate distance you can travel on the remaining fuel based on the fuel economy. The distance-to-empty will be calculated and displayed every second. When the remaining distance-to-empty is 50 km (30 miles) or farther, the remaining distance-to-empty indication decreases in 10 km (10 mile) increments, and when the remaining distance-to-empty is 50 km (30 miles) or shorter, it decreases in 1 km (1 mile) increments.

NOTE

  • If there is no past fuel economy information such as after first purchasing your vehicle or the information is deleted when the battery cables are disconnected, the actual distance-to empty/range may differ from the amount indicated.

Average Fuel Economy
This mode displays the average fuel economy by calculating the total traveled distance and the total fuel consumption since the vehicle was purchased or the past data was reset. The average fuel economy is calculated and displayed every 30 seconds. The average fuel economy is also displayed by a red arrow in the instantaneous fuel economy display.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-20The average fuel economy can be reset by pressing the INFO switch for 1.5 seconds or more. After the data is cleared, the fuel consumption is recalculated and the – – – L/100 km (- – – mpg) for the 30 seconds prior to it being displayed is indicated.

Current Fuel Economy
This displays the current fuel economy by calculating the amount of fuel consumption and the distance traveled.

M Hybrid2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-18Except M Hybrid2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-17NOTE

  • Indicates the 0 position when the vehicle speed is about 5 km/h (3 mph) or slower.
  •  The arrow on the scale indicates the average fuel economy.

Deceleration Regeneration Charge Display (M Hybrid)
This displays the status of the charging produced by deceleration regeneration.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-18Refer to M Hybrid.

i-ACTIVSENSE Display
Displays the system status.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-19

  • Refer to Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) Refer to Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)
  • Refer to Traffic Sign Recognition System (TSR) Refer to Distance & Speed Alert (DSA)
  • Refer to Driver Attention Alert (DAA) Refer to Driver Monitoring
  • (DM) Refer to Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA)
  • Refer to Mazda Radar Cruise Control (MRCC)
  • Refer to Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function)
  • Refer to Traffic Jam Assist (TJA) .
  • Refer to Lane-keep Assist System (LAS)
  • Refer to Smart Brake Support (SBS)
  • Refer to Cruise Control.
  •  
  • Compass Display The direction the vehicle is moving is displayed in one of eight directions while the vehicle is being driven.

2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-16

Display Direction
N North
S South
E East
W West
NE Northeast
NW Northwest
SE Southeast
SW Southwest

Message Display
message such as the system operation status, a malfunction, or an abnormality is indicated.

Warning/indicator light in instrument cluster turns on/flashes or symbol is indicated on display at same time as message
Check the information regarding the warning/indicator light or indicated symbol. Refer to If a Warning Indication/Warning Lights Refer to If a Indication/Indicator Lights Message only is indicated on display Follow the instructions indicated on the display. For the display content, refer to the next page. Refer to If a Message Indicated on Multi-information Display.

Warning/Indicator Lights
Instrument Cluster varies depending on model and specifications.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-21

  1. Instrument Cluster
  2. Front Center of Headliner

Warning lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas.

Warning Indication/Warning Lights
These lights turn on or flash to notify the user of the system operation status or a system malfunction.

Signal

Warning

Refer to

2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-22 Brake System Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-23   Electronic
  Brake Force
  Distribution
ABS Warning Indication/Warning Light*1 System Warning
   
  ABS warning
   
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-24 Charging System Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-25 Engine Oil Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-26 High Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Indication  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-27 Power Steering Malfunction Indication/Indicator Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-28 Master Warning Indication  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-29   Brake Control System Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-30 Brake Override Warning Indication  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-31 Check Engine Indication/Light*1  
Mazda 3 Hatchback 2023 Instrument Cluster Display User Manual-30 i-stop Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-32 Automatic Transmission Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
Signal Warning Refer to
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-33 AWD Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-34 Air Bag/Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-35 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Warning Indication/Warning Light*1 Flashing
Turns on
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53 KEY Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53 High Beam Control System (HBC) Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-38 i-ACTIVSENSE Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-39   Exterior Light Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-40   Low Fuel Warning Indication/Warning Light  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-41   Check Fuel Cap Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-42 Engine Oil Level Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-43   Seat Belt Warning Indication/Warning Light (Front seat)  
  2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-44   Seat Belt Warning Light (Rear seat)  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-45 Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Indication/Warning Light  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-46 Door-Ajar Warning Indication  
Signal Warning Refer to
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-47 Trunk lid-Ajar Warning Indication  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-47 Liftgate-Ajar Warning Indication  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-46 Door-Ajar Warning Light  

The light turns on when the ignition is switched on for an operation check, and turns off a few seconds later or when the engine is started. If the light does not turn on or remains turned on, have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Indication/Indicator Lights
These lights turn on or flash to notify the user of the system operation status or a system malfunction.

Signal Indicator Refer to
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-44   Seat Belt Indicator Light (Rear seat)  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-48   *Front Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Indicator Light  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-63 Security Indicator Light Immobilizer System
Theft-Deterrent System
Malfunction
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-63   KEY Indicator Light  
  Mazda 3 Hatchback 2023 Instrument Cluster Display User Manual-51  i-stop Indicator Light  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-51 Wrench Indication/Indicator Light*1  
Signal Indicator Refer to
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-52 Shift Position Indication  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53   Lights-On Indicator Light  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53 Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light Headlight High-Low Beam
Flashing the Headlights
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-55       Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Indicator Lights Turn and Lane-Change Signals
Hazard Warn- ing Flasher
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-55   Electric Parking Brake (EPB) Indication/Indicator Light*1*2  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-58 AUTOHOLD Active Indicator Light*1  
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function) indicator Light  
Traffic Jam Assist (TJA) indicator Light  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-59 TCS/DSC Indication/Indicator Light*1 Traction Con- trol System (TCS)
Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)
Turns on
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-59 DSC OFF Indicator Light*1  
Signal Indicator Refer to
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-59 Select Mode Indicator Light  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-60

 

(White)

i-ACTIVSENSE Status Symbol (Warning/Risk Avoidance Support System)  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-60

 

(Green)

2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-60

 

(Amber)

  i-ACTIVSENSE OFF Symbol (Warning/Risk Avoidance Support System)  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53

 

(Green)

  *High Beam Control System (HBC) Indicator Light  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-63

 

(White)

Mazda Radar Cruise Control (MRCC) Standby Indication  
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function) Standby Indication  
Traffic Jam Assist (TJA) Standby Indication  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-64

 

(Green)

Mazda Radar Cruise Control (MRCC) Set Indication  
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function) Set Indication  
Traffic Jam Assist (TJA) Set Indication  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-65 Smart Brake Support (SBS) OFF Indicator Light*1  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-66

 

(White)

  *Cruise Standby Indication  
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-67

 

(Green)

  *Cruise Set Indication  
  1. The light turns on when the ignition is switched on for an operation check, and turns off a few seconds later or when the engine is started. If the light does not turn on or remains turned on, have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
  2. The light turns on continuously when the parking brake is applied.

Wrench Indication/Indicator Light2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-51The wrench indication/indicator light is displayed/turns on under the following conditions.

  • When the preset maintenance period has arrived. Refer to the Information section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

CAUTION

  • When the maintenance period arrives, have your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. If maintenance is neglected, a decrease in vehicle performance may occur which could cause damage. Have your vehicle inspected before the maintenance period arrives.
  • If the vehicle continues to be driven after the engine oil replacement period has passed, it could cause damage to the engine. Replace the engine oil before the maintenance period arrives.

NOTE

  •  The wrench indication/indicator light may display/turn on earlier than the preset period depending on vehicle usage conditions.
  • Whenever the engine oil is replaced, a reset of the vehicle engine control unit is necessary. Refer to the Information section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.
  •  
  • Active Driving Display

  • Active Driving Display2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-68

 

  1. Display
  2. Dust-proof sheet

WARNING
Always adjust the display brightness and position with the vehicle stopped:
Adjusting the display brightness and position while driving the vehicle is dangerous as doing so could distract your attention from the road ahead and lead to an accident.

CAUTION

  • Do not place beverages near the dust-proof sheet of the active driving display. If water or other liquids are splashed on the dust-proof sheet, it could cause damage.
  • Do not place objects or apply stickers above the active driving display or to the dust-proof sheet as they will cause interference.

NOTE

  • Wearing polarized sunglasses will reduce the visibility of the active driving display due to the characteristics of the display.
  • If the battery has been removed and re-installed or the battery voltage is low, the adjusted position may deviate.
  • The display may be difficult to view or temporarily affected by weather conditions such as rain, snow, light, and temperature.
  • If the audio system is removed, the active driving display cannot be operated.

The active driving display indicates the following information:

  • Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) Warnings* Refer to Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS)
  • Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) Operation Conditions and Warnings* Refer to Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)
  • Traffic Sign Recognition System (TSR) traffic signs and Warnings* Refer to Traffic Sign Recognition System (TSR)
  • Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA) Operation Conditions and Warning* Refer to Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA)
  • Mazda Radar Cruise Control (MRCC) Operation Conditions and Warnings* Refer to Mazda Radar Cruise Control (MRCC)
  • Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function) Operation Conditions and Warnings* Refer to Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function)
  • Traffic Jam Assist (TJA) Operation Conditions and Warnings* Refer to Traffic Jam Assist (TJA)
  • Lane-keep Assist System (LAS) Warnings* Refer to Lane-keep Assist System (LAS)
  • Smart Brake Support (SBS) Operation Conditions and Warnings Refer to Smart Brake Support (SBS)
  • Cruise Control Operation Conditions Refer to Cruise Control
  • Navigation Guidance (vehicles with navigation system)
  • Intersection Name (vehicles with navigation system)
  • Street name (vehicles with navigation system)
  • Lane Guidance (vehicles with navigation system)
  • Speed limit indicator (vehicles with navigation system)
  •  

Vehicle Speed
The active driving display settings can be changed or adjusted. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

NOTE

  • The desired driving position (display position, brightness level, display information) can be called up after programming the position. Refer to Driving Position Memory on page 2-11.
  • The street name may not be displayed depending on the market and region.

Manual Transmission

Manual Transmission Shift Pattern2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-69

  1.  Neutral position The shift pattern of the transmission is conventional, as shown. Depress the clutch pedal all the way down while shifting; then release it slowly. Your vehicle is equipped with a device to prevent shifting to R (reverse) by mistake. Push the shift lever downward and shift to R.

2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-70 WARNING
Do not use sudden engine braking on slippery road surfaces or at high speeds:
Shifting down while driving on wet, snowy, or frozen roads, or while driving at high speeds causes sudden engine braking, which is dangerous. The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid. This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident.

Always leave the shift lever in 1 or R position and set the parking brake when leaving the vehicle unattended:
Otherwise the vehicle could move and cause an accident.

CAUTION

  •  Keep your foot off the clutch pedal except when shifting gears. Also, do not use the clutch to hold the vehicle on an upgrade. Riding the clutch will cause needless clutch wear and damage.
  •  Do not apply any excessive lateral force to the shift lever when changing from 5th to 4th gear. This could lead to the accidental selection of 2nd gear, which could result in damage to the transmission.
  • Make sure the vehicle comes to a complete stop before shifting to R. Shifting to R while the vehicle is still moving may damage the transmission.

NOTE

  •  If shifting to R is difficult, shift back into neutral, release the clutch pedal, and try again. (With parking sensor system)
  • When the shift lever is shifted to the R position with the ignition switched ON, the parking sensor system is activated and a beep sound is heard. Refer to Parking Sensor System.

Gear Shift Indicator (GSI)
The GSI supports you to obtain optimum fuel economy and smooth driving. It displays the selected gear position in the instrument cluster as well as notifies the driver to change to the most suitable gear position corresponding to the actual driving condition.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-71

  1. Selected gear position
  2. Suitable gear position
Indication Condition
Numeral The selected gear position is displayed.
and numeral Shift up or down to the indicated gear position is recommended.

CAUTION
Do not rely solely on the shift-up/shift-down recommendations by indications. The actual driving situation might require shift operations different from indication. To avoid the risk of accidents, the road and traffic conditions have to be judged correctly by the driver before shifting.

NOTE
The GSI turns off when the following operations are performed.

  • The vehicle is stopped.
  • The vehicle is put in neutral.
  • The vehicle is driven in reverse.
  • The clutch is not fully engaged when accelerating from a stop.
  • The clutch pedal remains depressed for 2 seconds or longer while driving.

Recommendations for Shifting Upshifting
For normal acceleration, Mazda recommends these shift points:(U.S.A. and Canada)

Gear Vehicle speed
1 to 2 24 km/h (15 mph)
2 to 3 42 km/h (26 mph)
3 to 4 60 km/h (37 mph)
4 to 5 75 km/h (46 mph)
5 to 6 79 km/h (49 mph)

For cruising, Mazda recommends these shift points:

(U.S.A. and Canada)

Gear Vehicle speed
1 to 2 13 km/h (8 mph)
2 to 3 29 km/h (18 mph)
3 to 4 49 km/h (30 mph)
4 to 5 63 km/h (39 mph)
5 to 6 70 km/h (43 mph)

Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift before the engine starts to overwork. This reduces the chance of stalling and gives better acceleration when you need more speed.

Automatic Transmission Controls

Automatic Transmission Controls2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-72

  1. Lock-release button
  2. Selector lever

2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-73

Indication Various Lockouts
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-75 Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal and hold in the lock-release button to shift (The ignition must be switched ON).
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-75 Indicates the selector lever can be shifted freely into any position.
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-76 Indicates that you must hold in the lock-release button to shift.

NOTE
The Sport AT has an option that is not included in the traditional automatic transmission that gives the driver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transmission to shift gears. Even if you intend to use the automatic transmission functions as a traditional automatic, you should also be aware that you can inadvertently shift into manual shift mode and an inappropriate gear may be retained as the vehicle speed increases. If you notice the engine speed going higher or hear the engine racing, confirm you have not accidentally slipped into manual shift mode.

Shift-Lock System

Shift-Lock System
The shift-lock system prevents shifting out of P unless the brake pedal is depressed. To shift from P:

  1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
  2. Start the engine.
  3. Press and hold the lock-release button.
  4. Move the selector lever.

NOTE

  • When the ignition is switched to ACC or the ignition is switched off, the selector lever cannot be shifted from P position.
  • The ignition cannot be switched to OFF if the selector lever is not in P position.

Shift-Lock Override
If the selector lever will not move from P position using the proper shift procedure, continue to hold down the brake pedal.

  1. Remove the shift-lock override cover using a cloth-wrapped flat head screwdriver.
  2. Insert a flat screwdriver and push it down.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-77Cover
  3. Press and hold the lock-release button.
  4. Move the selector lever. Take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the system checked.

Transmission Ranges

Transmission Ranges
The shift position indication in the instrument cluster illuminates. Refer to Shift Position Indication Shift the selector lever to the P or N position to start the engine.

P (Park)
P locks the transmission and prevents the front wheels from rotating.

WARNING
Always set the selector lever to P position and set the parking brake: Only setting the selector lever to the P position without using the parking brake to hold the vehicle is dangerous. If P fails to hold, the vehicle could move and cause an accident.

CAUTION
Shifting into P, N or R while the vehicle is moving can damage your transmission. Shifting into a driving gear or reverse when the engine is running faster than idle can damage the transmission.

R (Reverse)
In position R, the vehicle moves only backward. You must be at a complete stop before shifting to or from R, except under rare circumstances as explained in Rocking the Vehicle NOTE
(With parking sensor system)In position R, the vehicle moves only backward. You must be at a complete stop before shifting to or from R, except under rare circumstances as explained in Rocking the Vehicle

NOTE
(With parking sensor system) When the selector lever is shifted to the R position with the ignition switched ON, the parking sensor system is activated and a beep sound is heard. Refer to Parking Sensor System

N (Neutral)
In N, the wheels and transmission are not locked. The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or brakes are on.

WARNING
If the engine is running faster than idle, do not shift from N or P into a driving gear: It’s dangerous to shift from N or P into a driving gear when the engine is running faster than idle. If this is done, the vehicle could move suddenly, causing an accident or serious injury. Do not shift into N when driving the vehicle: Shifting into N while driving is dangerous. Engine braking cannot be applied when decelerating which could lead to an accident or serious injury.

CAUTION
Do not shift into N when driving the vehicle. Doing so can cause transmission damage.

NOTE
Apply the parking brake or depress the brake pedal before moving the selector lever from N position to prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly.

D (Drive)
D is the normal driving position. From a stop, the transmission will automatically shift through a 6-gear sequence.

M (Manual)
M is the manual shift mode position. Gears can be shifted up or down by operating the selector lever. Refer to Manual Shift Mode.

Shift Position Indication2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-78Shift position indication
The selector position is indicated when the ignition is switched ON.

Gear position indication
In manual shift mode, the “M” of the shift position indication illuminates and the numeral for the selected gear is displayed.

Active Adaptive Shift (AAS)
Active Adaptive Shift (AAS) automatically controls the transmission shift points to best suit the road conditions and driver input. This improves driving feel. The transmission may switch to AAS mode when driving up and down slopes, cornering, driving at high elevations, or depressing the accelerator pedal quickly while the selector lever is in the D position. Depending on the road and driving conditions/vehicle operations, gear

Manual Shift Mode

Manual Shift Mode
The manual shift mode gives you the feel of driving a manual transmission vehicle by allowing you to operate the selector lever manually. This allows you to control engine rpm and torque to the drive wheels much like a manual transmission when more control is desired. To change to manual shift mode, shift the lever from D to M.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-78NOTE

  • Changing to manual shift mode while driving will not damage the transmission. If you change to manual shift mode when the vehicle is stopped, the gear will shift to M1. If you change to manual shift mode without depressing the accelerator pedal when driving in D range, 5th gear/6th gear, the gear will shift to M4/M5.

To return to automatic shift mode, shift the lever from M to D.

  1. Indications2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-81
  2. Manual shift mode indication
  3. Gear position indication Manual shift mode indication

In manual shift mode, the “M” of the shift position indication in the instrument panel illuminates.

Gear position indication
The numeral for the selected gear illuminates.

NOTE

  • If the gears cannot be shifted down when driving at higher speeds, the gear position indication will flash twice to signal that the gears cannot be shifted down (to protect the transmission). If the automatic transmission fluid (ATF) temperature becomes too high, there is the possibility that the transmission will switch to automatic shift mode, canceling manual shift mode and turning off the gear position indication illumination. This is a normal function to protect the AT. After the ATF temperature has decreased, the gear position indication illumination turns back on and driving in manual shift mode is restored.

Manually Shifting Up
You can shift gears up by operating the selector lever or the steering shift switches*. M1 → M2 → M3 → M4 → M5 → M6

Using selector lever
To shift up to a higher gear, tap the selector lever back + once.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-81Using steering shift switch
To shift up to a higher gear with the steering shift switches, pull the UP switch (+/OFF) toward you once with your fingers.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-82

  1. UP switch (+/OFF)

WARNING
Keep your hands on the steering wheel rim when using fingers on the steering shift switches: Putting your hands inside the rim of the steering wheel when using the steering shift switches is dangerous. If the driver’s air bag were to deploy in a collision, your hands could be impacted causing injury.

NOTE

  1. When driving slowly, the gears may not shift up.
  2. Do not drive the vehicle with the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE while in manual shift mode. In addition, manual shift mode switches to automatic shift mode while the accelerator pedal is completely depressed. This function is canceled while the DSC is turned off. However, if the vehicle is continuously driven at a high rpm, the gears may automatically shift up to protect the engine.
  3. The steering shift switch can be used temporarily even if the selector lever is in the D position while driving. In addition, it returns to automatic shift mode when the UP switch (+/OFF) is pulled rearward for a sufficient amount of time.

Manually Shifting Down
You can shift gears down by operating the selector lever or the steering shift switches*. M6 → M5 → M4 → M3 → M2→ M1

Using selector lever
To shift down to a lower gear, tap the selector lever forward once.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-84Using steering shift switch To shift down to a lower gear with the steering shift switches, pull the DOWN switch (–) toward you once with your fingers.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-82

  1. DOWN switch (–)

WARNING
Do not use engine braking on slippery road surfaces or at high speeds: Shifting down while driving on wet, snowy, or frozen roads, or while driving at high speeds causes sudden engine braking, which is dangerous. The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid. This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident. Keep your hands on the steering wheel rim when using fingers on the steering shift switches: Putting your hands inside the rim of the steering wheel when using the steering shift switches is dangerous. If the driver’s air bag were to deploy in a collision, your hands could be impacted causing injury.

NOTE 

  • When driving at high speeds, the gear may not shift down. During deceleration, the gear may automatically shift down depending on vehicle speed. When depressing the accelerator fully, the transmission will shift to a lower gear, depending on vehicle speed. However, the transmission does not kickdown while the DSC is turned off.

Second Gear Fixed Mode
When the selector lever is moved back + while the vehicle speed is about 10 km/h (6.2 mph) or less, the transmission is set in the second gear fixed mode. The gear is fixed in second while in this mode for easier acceleration from a stop and driving on slippery roads such as snow-covered roads. If the selector lever is moved back + or forward – while in the second gear fixed mode, the mode will be canceled.

Shift Gear (Shifting) Speed Limit
For each gear position while in the manual mode, the speed limit is set as follows: When the selector lever is operated within the range of the speed limit, the gear is shifted.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-85

  1.  1st
  2. ‘2nd
  3. ‘3rd
  4. 4th
  5. 5th
  6. 6th

Shift up
The gear does not shift up while the vehicle speed is lower than the speed limit.

Shift down
The gear does not shift down while the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit. If the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit and the gear does not shift down, the gear position indication flashes 2 times to notify the driver that the gear cannot be shifted.

Kickdown
When the accelerator pedal is depressed fully while driving, the gear shifts down. However, the transmission does not kickdown while the DSC is turned off.

NOTE
The gear also shifts down using kickdown while in the second gear fixed mode.

Auto-shift down
The gear shifts down automatically depending on the vehicle speed during deceleration.

NOTE
If the vehicle comes to a stop while in the second gear fixed mode, the gear remains in second.

Recommendations for Shifting Upshifting
For normal acceleration and cruising, Mazda recommends these shift points:(U.S.A. and Canada)

Gear Vehicle speed*1
M1 to M2 24 km/h (15 mph)
M2 to M3 40 km/h (25 mph)
M3 to M4 65 km/h (40 mph)
M4 to M5 73 km/h (45 mph)
M5 to M6 81 km/h (50 mph)

Always observe local speed limit regulations.

Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift before the engine starts to overwork. This gives better acceleration when you need more speed. On a steep downgrade, downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life.

Direct Mode

Direct Mode Direct mode can be used for temporarily switching gears by operating the steering shift switch while the vehicle is being driven with the selector lever in the D position. While in direct mode, the D and M indication illuminate and the gear position in use is illuminated.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-86

  1. Direct mode indication
  2. Gear position indication

Direct mode is canceled (released) under the following conditions.

  1. The UP switch (+/OFF) is pulled rearward for a certain amount of time or longer.
  2. The vehicle is driven for a certain amount of time or longer (time differs depending on the driving conditions while operating).
  3. The vehicle is stopped or moving at a slow speed.

NOTE Shifting up and down while in direct mode may not be possible depending on the vehicle speed. In addition, because direct mode is canceled (released) depending on the rate of acceleration or if the accelerator is fully depressed, use of the manual shift mode is recommended if you need to drive the vehicle in a particular gear for long periods.

Driving Tips

Driving Tips

WARNING
Do not let the vehicle move in a direction opposite to the direction selected by the selector lever: Do not let the vehicle move backward with the selector lever in a forward position, or do not let the vehicle move forward with the selector lever in the reverse position. Otherwise, the engine may stop, causing the loss of the power brake and power steering functions, and make it difficult to control the vehicle which could result in an accident.

Passing
For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing steep grades, depress the accelerator fully. The transmission will shift to a lower gear, depending on vehicle speed.

NOTE

  • The accelerator pedal may initially feel heavy as it is being depressed, then feel lighter as it is depressed further. This change in pedal force aids the engine control system in determining how much the accelerator pedal has been depressed for performing kickdown, and functions to control whether or not kickdown should be performed. The manual shift mode does not switch to automatic shift mode while the DSC is turned off when the selector lever is in the M position. Shift the selector lever.

Climbing steep grades from a stop
To climb a steep grade from a stopped position:

  1. Depress the brake pedal.
  2. Shift to D or M1, depending on the load weight and grade steepness.
  3. Release the brake pedal while gradually accelerating.

Descending steep grades
When descending a steep grade, shift to lower gears, depending on load weight and grade steepness. Descend slowly, using the brakes only occasionally to prevent them from overheating.

Lighting Control

Headlights Turn the headlight switch to turn the headlights and other exterior lights on or off. When the taillights, parking lights, license plate lights, and the side-marker lights are turned on, the lights-on indicator light in the instrument cluster turns on.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53 NOTE

  • If the light switch is left on, the lights will automatically switch off approximately 30 seconds after switching the ignition off. The time setting can be changed. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual. To prevent discharging the battery, do not leave the lights on while the engine is off unless safety requires them.

Without auto-light control2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53

Switch Position OFF    
Headlights Off Off On*1
Daytime running lights On*2 On*2 Off
Taillights Parking lights License plate lights Side-marker lights  Off  On*3  On*1
  1. When the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF, the headlights turn off if the auto headlight off function has been canceled. If the auto headlight off function is enabled, the lights turn on for the set period using the auto headlight off function, and then they turn off.
  2. When the light switch is switched to a different position from the OFF, position while the vehicle is stopped, the daytime running lights turn off. When starting to drive the vehicle, the daytime running lights turn on again.
  3. When the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF, the headlights remain on if the auto headlight off function has been canceled. If the auto headlight off function is enabled, the lights turn on for the set period using the auto headlight off function, and then they turn off.

With auto-light control2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-88

 Switch Position

 OFF*1

AUTO         
Surroundings are bright*2 Surroundings are dark*3 Surroundings are bright*2 Surroundings are dark*3
Headlights Off Off On Off On*4*5 On*6
Daytime running lights Off On*7 Off On*8 Off Off
Taillights Parking lights License plate lights Side-marker lights  Off  Off  On  On*9  On*9  On*6
  1. When the light switch is switched to OFF while the vehicle is stopped, the lights turn off. The light switch returns automatically to the AUTO position and the headlights change to AUTO operation when you start driving the vehicle.
  2. The level of brightness around the vehicle is of a sufficient level.
  3. The level of brightness around the vehicle is of an insufficient level.
  4. The daytime running lights can be disabled using the personalization features  If the daytime running lights are disabled, the headlights turn off directly after starting the engine. The headlights turn on when you begin driving the vehicle.
  5. When the light switch is switched from the OFF, AUTO, or 2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53 position to the 2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53 position while the vehicle is stopped, the headlights turn off. When starting to drive the vehicle, the headlights turn on again.
  6. When the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF, the headlights turn off if the auto headlight off function has been canceled. If the auto headlight off function is enabled, the lights turn on for the set period using the auto headlight off function, and then they turn off.
  7. When the light switch is switched to a different position from the AUTO   2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53   position while the vehicle is stopped, the daytime running lights turn off. When starting to drive the vehicle, the daytime running lights turn on again.
  8. If one of the following operations is done from the position while the vehicle is stopped, the daytime running lights turn off.
    • Switch the light switch to the OFF position.
    • Switch the light switch to the AUTO position, and then to the   2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53    position again.
    • Switch the light switch to the  2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53    position. When starting to drive the vehicle, the daytime running lights turn on again.
  9. When the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF, the headlights remain on if the auto headlight off function has been canceled. If the auto headlight off function is enabled, the lights turn on for the set period using the auto headlight off function, and then they turn off.

Auto-light control
When the headlight switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON, the light sensor senses the surrounding lightness or darkness and automatically turns the headlights and other exterior lights on or off.

CAUTION
Do not shade the light sensor by adhering a sticker or a label on the windshield. Otherwise the light sensor will not operate correctly.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-89

  • The light sensor also works as a rain sensor for the auto-wiper control. Keep hands and scrapers clear of the windshield when the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON as fingers could be pinched or the wipers and wiper blades could be damaged when the wipers activate automatically. If you are going to clean the windshield, be sure the wipers are turned off completely when it is particularly tempting to leave the engine running. This is particularly important when clearing ice and snow.

NOTE

  • The headlights and other exterior lights may not turn off immediately even if the surrounding area becomes well-lit because the light sensor determines that it is night time if the surrounding area is continuously dark for several minutes such as inside long tunnels, traffic jams inside tunnels, or in indoor parking lots. If the headlight switch and the windshield wiper switch are in AUTO, and the wipers are operated at low or high speed by the auto wiper control for several seconds, bad weather conditions are determined and the headlights may be turned on. The sensitivity of the auto-light control may be changed. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

Headlight High-Low Beam
The headlights switch between high and low beams by moving the lever forward or backward.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-90

  1. High beam Low beam

When the headlight high-beams are on, the headlight high-beam indicator light is turned on.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53 Flashing the Headlights
When the ignition is switched ON, and regardless of the headlight position, the headlights switch to high beams while the lever is being pulled. 2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-92

  1. OFF
  2. Headlight flashing

The headlight high-beam indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminates simultaneously. The lever will return to the normal position when released.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53 Coming Home Light
The coming home light turns on the headlights (low beams) when the lever is operated.

To turn on the lights
When the lever is pulled with the ignition switched to ACC or OFF, the low beam headlights turn on. The headlights turn off after a certain period of time has elapsed after all of the doors are closed.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-92 NOTE

  • The time until the headlights turn off after all of the doors are closed can be changed. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual. If no operations are done for 3 minutes after the lever is pulled, the headlights turn off. The headlights turn off if the lever is pulled again while the headlights are illuminated.

Leaving Home Light
The leaving home light turns on the lights when the transmitter unlock button is pressed while away from the vehicle. The following lights turn on when the leaving home light is operated. Low beams, Parking lights, Taillights, License plate lights.

To turn on the lights
When the ignition switch and the headlight switch are in the following conditions, the headlights will illuminate when the transmitter unlock button is pressed and the vehicle receives the transmitter signal. The headlights turn off after a certain period of time has elapsed (30 seconds).

  • Ignition switch: off Headlight switch: AUTO, 2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-91 , or2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53

2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-93

  1. Lock button
  2. Unlock button

NOTE

  • Operation of the leaving home light can be turned on or off. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.
  • When the transmitter lock button is pressed and the vehicle receives the transmitter signal, the headlights turn off.
  • When the headlight switch is turned to the OFF position, the headlights turn off.

Headlight Leveling
 The number of passengers and weight of cargo in the luggage compartment/trunk change the angle of the headlights. The angle of the headlights will be automatically adjusted when turning on the headlights. A system malfunction or operation conditions are indicated by a warning. Refer to Exterior Light Warning Indication/Warning Light

Daytime Running Lights
Some countries require moving vehicles to have their lights on (daytime running lights) during the daytime. The daytime running lights turn on automatically.

NOTE
(Except Canada)
The daytime running lights can be deactivated. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

Turn and Lane-Change Signals

Turn and Lane-Change Signals
The ignition must be switched ON to use the turn and lane-change signals.

Turn Signals
Move the signal lever down (for a left turn) or up (for a right turn) to the stop position. The signal will self-cancel after the turn is completed. If the indicator light continues to flash after a turn, manually return the lever to its original position.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-93

  1. Right turn
  2. Right lane change
  3. OFF
  4. Left lane change
  5. Left turn

The turn signal indicators in the instrument cluster flash according to the operation of the turn signal lever to show which signal is working.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-111 NOTE

  • There may be a problem with the turn signal lights if they do not flash but remain turned on, or they flash abnormally. Have your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer. A personalized function is available to change the turn indicator sound volume. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

Lane-Change Signals
Move the lever halfway toward the direction of the lane change―until the indicator flashes― and hold it there. It will return to the off position when released.

Three-Flash Turn Signal
After releasing the turn signal lever from the halfway point, the turn signal indicator flashes 3 times. The operation can be canceled by moving the lever in the direction opposite to which it was operated.

NOTE
The three-flash turn signal function can be switched to on/off using the personalization function. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

Wipers and Washer

Windshield Wipers and Washer
The ignition must be switched ON to use the wipers.

WARNING

Use only windshield washer fluid or plain water in the reservoir:
Using radiator antifreeze as washer fluid is dangerous. If sprayed on the windshield, it will dirty the windshield, affect your visibility, and could result in an accident.

Only use windshield washer fluid mixed with anti-freeze protection in freezing weather conditions:
Using windshield washer fluid without anti-freeze protection in freezing weather conditions is dangerous as it could freeze on the windshield and block your vision which could cause an accident. In addition, make sure the windshield is sufficiently warmed using the defroster before spraying the washer fluid.

CAUTION

  • When the wipers are not used during freezing temperatures or for a long time, the wiper rubber may adhere to the glass. If the wipers are operated while adhered to the glass, it could damage the wiper rubber and motor. If the wipers are operated while the glass is dry, the glass could be scratched and the wiper rubber damaged. When the glass is dry, spray washer fluid before operating the wipers.
  • If the amount of washer fluid spray is insufficient, do not use the washer switch. If the washer switch continues to be operated with no washer fluid being sprayed, it could lead to pump damage.

NOTE
If the windshield wipers are operated under cold weather conditions or during snowfall, they could stop due to accumulated snow on the windshield. If the windshield wipers stop due to accumulated snow on the windshield, park the vehicle in a safe place, turn the wiper switch off, and then remove the accumulated snow. If the wiper switch is turned to another position other than OFF, the wipers will operate. If the wipers do not operate even though the wiper switch is turned to a position other than OFF, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

Windshield Wipers
Turn the wipers on by pressing the lever up or down.

With intermittent wiper2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-98

Switch Position Wiper operation
MIST Operation while pulling up lever
OFF Stop
INT Intermittent
LO Low speed
HI High speed

Variable-speed intermittent wipers
Set the lever to the intermittent position and choose the interval timing by rotating the switch. Rotate the switch upward (FAST direction) to shorten the interval time of the wiper operation, and rotate the switch downward (SLOW direction) to lengthen it.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-97

  1. Switch With auto-wiper control

2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-98

  1.  Indicator light
Switch Position Wiper operation
MIST Operation while pulling up lever
OFF Stop
AUTO*1 Auto control
LO Low speed
HI High speed
  1. When the wiper lever is switched to the AUTO position, the indicator light turns on.

Auto-wiper control
When the wiper lever is in the AUTO position, the rain sensor senses the amount of rainfall on the windshield and turns the wipers on or off automatically (off―intermittent―low speed―high speed). The sensitivity of the rain sensor can be adjusted by turning the switch on the wiper lever. From the center position (normal), rotate the switch upward (+ direction) for higher sensitivity (faster response) or rotate it downward (- direction) for less sensitivity (slower response).2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-97

  1. Switch
  2. Higher sensitivity
  3. Center position
  4. Less sensitivity

CAUTION
Do not shade the rain sensor by adhering a sticker or a label on the windshield. Otherwise the rain sensor will not operate correctly.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-100When the ignition is switched ON and the wiper lever is in the AUTO position, the windshield wipers may operate automatically in the following cases:

  • The area of the windshield above the rain sensor is touched or wiped with a cloth.
  • The windshield or the rain sensor area in the cabin is hit.

When the ignition is switched ON and the wiper lever is in the AUTO position, do not touch the windshield or the windshield wipers Otherwise, the windshield wipers will operate automatically which could catch your fingers or damage the windshield wipers. When removing ice or snow, or cleaning the windshield, always make sure the wiper lever is in the OFF position.

NOTE

  • Switching the auto-wiper lever from the OFF to the AUTO position while driving activates the windshield wipers once, after which they operate according to the rainfall amount.
  • The auto-wiper control may not operate when the rain sensor temperature is about -10 °C (14 °F) or lower, or about 85 °C (185 °F) or higher.
  • If the windshield is coated with water repellent, the rain sensor may not be able to sense the amount of rainfall correctly and the auto-wiper control may not operate properly.
  • If dirt or foreign matter (such as ice or matter containing salt water) adheres to the windshield above the rain sensor, or if the windshield is iced, it could cause the wipers to move automatically. However, if the wipers cannot remove this ice, dirt or foreign matter, the auto-wiper control will stop operation. In this case, set the wiper lever to the low speed position or high speed position for manual operation, or remove the ice, dirt or foreign matter by hand to restore the auto-wiper operation.
  • If the auto-wiper lever is left in the AUTO position, the wipers could operate automatically from the effect of strong light sources, electromagnetic waves, or infrared light because the rain sensor uses an optical sensor. It is recommended that the auto-wiper lever be switched to the OFF position other than when driving the vehicle under rainy conditions.
  • If the headlight switch and the windshield wiper switch are in AUTO, and the wipers are operated at low or high speed by the auto wiper control for several seconds, bad weather conditions are determined and the headlights may be turned on. The auto-wiper control functions can be turned off. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

Windshield Washer
Pull the wiper lever toward you to spray washer fluid and operate the windshield wipers several times. The washer fluid is sprayed only while the windshield wipers move out of their stowed positions to the point where they start reversing back. If the washer does not work, inspect the fluid level (page 6-21). If the fluid level is normal, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Rear Window Wiper 

Rear Window Wiper 
The ignition must be switched ON to use the wiper.

Rear Window Wiper2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-96Turn the wiper on by turning the rear wiper/washer switch.

Switch Position Wiper operation
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-406 Spray washer fluid and operate the rear wiper
ON Normal
INT Intermittent
OFF Stop
Spray washer fluid and operate the rear wiper

Rear Window Washer
To spray washer fluid, turn the rear wiper/washer switch to either of the position. After the switch is released, the washer will stop.

NOTE
While the windshield washers are operating (from the time the wiper lever is pulled until the washer fluid stops spraying), the rear window washer does not spray washer fluid even if you operate the switch. If the washer does not work, inspect the fluid level . If the fluid level is normal and the washer still does not work, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Rear Window Defogger

Rear Window Defogger
The rear window defogger clears fog from the rear window. The ignition must be switched ON to use the defogger. Press the switch to turn on the rear window defogger. The rear window defogger operates for about 15 minutes and then turns off automatically. The indicator light illuminates when the defogger is operating. To turn off the rear window defogger before the 15 minutes has elapsed, press the switch again.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-107

  1. Indicator light

CAUTION

  • Do not use sharp instruments or window cleaners with abrasives to clean the inside of the rear window surface. They may damage the defogger grid inside the window.

NOTE

  • This defogger is not designed for melting snow. If there is an accumulation of snow on the rear window, remove it before using the defogger.
  • The rear window defogger operation time can be changed from 15 minutes to continuous operation. When the operation time has been switched to continuous operation, by pressing the switch, the rear window defogger will continue to operate until the ignition is switched OFF. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

Windshield Wiper Deicer
The thermal filaments at the following positions heat up and facilitate the removal of snow accumulated on the windshield.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-108The windshield wiper deicer operates in conjunction with the rear window defogger.

To turn on the windshield wiper
deicer, switch the ignition ON and press the rear window defogger switch.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-107

  1. Indicator light

Mirror Defogger
The mirror defoggers defrost the outside mirrors. The mirror defoggers operate in conjunction with the rear window defogger. To turn on the mirror defoggers, switch the ignition ON and press the rear window defogger switch.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-108

  1.  Indicator light

Horn

To sound the horn, press the 2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-109mark on the steering wheel.

Hazard Warning Flasher
The hazard warning lights should always be used when you stop on or near a roadway in an emergency.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-108The hazard warning lights warn other drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard and that they must take extreme caution when near it.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-111Depress the hazard warning flasher and all the turn signals will flash. The hazard warning indicator lights in the instrument cluster flash simultaneously.

NOTE
The turn signals do not work when the hazard warning lights are on.
Check local regulations about the use of hazard warning lights while the vehicle is being towed to verify that it is not in violation of the law.

HomeLink Wireless Control System

NOTE
HomeLink and HomeLink house are registered trademarks of Gentex Corporation. The HomeLink system replaces up to 3 hand-held transmitters with a single built-in component in the auto-dimming mirror. Pressing the HomeLink button on the auto-dimming mirror activates garage doors, gates and other devices surrounding your home.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-112

  1. Indicator light
  2. HomeLink button

WARNING
Do not use the HomeLink system with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse feature: Using the HomeLink system with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse feature as required by federal safety standards is dangerous. (This includes garage doors manufactured before April 1, 1982.) Using these garage door openers can increase the risk of serious injury or death. For further information, contact HomeLink at www.homelink.com or www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex or an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Always check the areas surrounding garage doors and gates for people or obstructions before programming or during operation of the HomeLink system: Programming or operating the HomeLink system without verifying the safety of areas surrounding garage doors and gates is dangerous and could result in an unexpected accident and serious injury if someone were to be hit.

NOTE
The programming will not be erased even if the battery is disconnected.

Pre-programming the HomeLink System
NOTE
It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand-held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal.

  • Verify that there is a remote control transmitter available for the device you would like to program.

Programming the HomeLink System
The HomeLink system provides 3 buttons which can be individually selected and programmed using the transmitters for current, on-market devices as follows:

  1. Press and release the HomeLink button you would like to program. The indicator light flashes slowly in amber when the button is pressed.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-113Indicator light
    1. HomeLink button
  2. Hold the hand-held transmitter 2.5 to 7.5 cm (1 to 3 in) away from the HomeLink button you would like to program while keeping the indicator light in view.
    NOTE
    Depending on the hand-held transmitter, it may be easier to do the programming by holding it 15 to 20 cm (6 to 7.8 in) away from the HomeLink button.
  3. Press the hand-held transmitter button continuously until the indicator light changes from amber (flashing) to green (on/flashing).

NOTE
Some gate operators and garage door openers may require you to replace this Programming Step 3 with procedures noted in the “Gate Operator/Canadian Programming” section.

  1. Press the HomeLink button again to check if the programming has been completed.
    •  If the indicator light remains on in green, the programming is complete and the device becomes operational.
    • If the indicator light flashes rapidly in green, firmly press and hold the Homelink button and release it after two seconds have passed. Repeat this process up to three times to complete the programming. The device becomes operational and programming is complete. If the device does not operate, go to the next step.
  2. At the garage door opener receiver (motor-head unit) in the garage, locate the “learn” or “smart” button. This can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor-head unit.
  3. Firmly press and release the “learn” or “smart” button. (The name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer.)

NOTE
Complete the programming within 30 seconds. Return to the vehicle and firmly press and hold the Homelink button, and then release it after two seconds have passed. Repeat the “press/hold/release” sequence a second time, and, depending on the brand of the garage door opener (or other rolling code equipped device), repeat this sequence a third time to complete the programming process. Press the programmed HomeLink button and make sure that the HomeLink System operates. If the status indicator arrows are flashing, refer to Garage Door Two-Way Communication.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-114

Indicator light

NOTE
To program the remaining two HomeLink buttons, go back to Step 1 of Programming the HomeLink System and repeat the procedure. For questions or comments, please contact HomeLink at www.homelink.com or www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex, or the HomeLink toll-free hotline at 1-800-355-3515 (for calls placed outside of the USA, Canada, and Puerto Rico, international rates will apply and may differ based on landline or mobile phone).

Gate operator/Canadian Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require transmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit) after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal during programming. Similar to this Canadian law, some U.S. gate operators are designed to “time-out” in the same manner. If you live in Canada or are having difficulties programming a gate operator by using the programming procedures (regardless of where you live), replace Step 3 of Programming the HomeLink System with the following:

NOTE
If programming a garage door opener or gate operator, it is advised to unplug the device during the “cycling” process to prevent possible overheating. While the indicator light is flashing in amber, press the button on the hand-held transmitter for 2 seconds and release it repeatedly until the indicator light changes from amber to green. Go back to Step 4 of Programming the HomeLink System to complete the procedure.

Operating the HomeLink System
Press the programmed HomeLink button to operate a programmed device.

Reprogramming the HomeLink system
To program a device to HomeLink using a HomeLink button previously trained, follow these steps:

  1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button. DO NOT release the button.
  2. After 20 seconds, the indicator light flashes in amber. After the indicator light flashes, release the HomeLink button.
  3. Go back to Step 2 of Programming the HomeLink System to complete the procedure.

NOTE
If the programming has not been completed, the system returns to the previous programming.

Erasing Programmed HomeLink Buttons

NOTE
All of the programmed HomeLink buttons are reset. Individual buttons cannot be reset, however, individual buttons can be reprogrammed. For individual button reprogramming, refer to Reprogramming the HomeLink System . Verify that the programming has been erased if you resell the vehicle.

  1. Press the two outer HomeLink buttons continuously at the same time until the indicator light flashes.
    1. HomeLink button 3
    2. HomeLink button 1
  2. Stop pressing the HomeLink buttons.

Garage Door Two-Way Communication
The garage door two-way communication is a function that communicates with the garage door opener and indicates whether the garages door is open or closed using the indicator lights in the rear view mirror. It can indicate the status of the garage door within a range up-to 250 m (820 ft).

NOTE
The communication range may shorten depending on obstructions.

Programming two-way communication
Within five seconds after programming a new HomeLink button, both of the garage door status indicator lights will flash rapidly in green indicating that the garage door two-way communication has been established. If the garage door status indicator lights flash, the two-way communication programming is complete. If the garage door status indicator lights do not flash, the two-way communication programming is not completed. For additional HomeLink information and programming videos, refer to the following Websites:

Operating the garage door two-way communication By pressing HomeLink buttons 1 and 2 at the same time for two seconds, the status of the garage door is indicated for about 3 seconds as follows:2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-115

  1. HomeLink button 2
  2. HomeLink button 1

Garage door status

Indicator light

Closing2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-117 Amber flashes
 
Opening2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-118 Amber flashes
 
Closed2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-117 Green turns on
 
Opened2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-118 Green turns on
 

NOTE
The programming will not be erased even if the battery is disconnected.

Brake System

Foot Brake
This vehicle has power-assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal use. Should power-assist fail, you can stop by applying greater force than normal to the brake pedal. But the distance required to stop will be greater than usual.

WARNING
Do not coast with the engine stalled or turned off, find a safe place to stop:
Coasting with the engine stalled or turned off is dangerous. Braking will require more effort, and the brake’s power-assist could be depleted if you pump the brake. This will cause longer stopping distances or even an accident.

Shift to a lower gear when going down steep hills:
Driving with your foot continuously on the brake pedal or steadily applying the brakes for long distances is dangerous. This causes overheated brakes, resulting in longer stopping distances or even total brake failure. This could cause loss of vehicle control and a serious accident. Avoid continuous application of the brakes.

Dry off brakes that have become wet by driving slowly, releasing the accelerator pedal and lightly applying the brakes several times until the brake performance returns to normal:
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous. Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident. Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected.

CAUTION

  • Do not drive with your foot held on the clutch pedal or brake pedal, or hold the clutch pedal depressed halfway unnecessarily. Doing so could result in the following:
  • The clutch and brake parts will wear out more quickly.
  • The brakes can overheat and adversely affect brake performance.
  • Always depress the brake pedal with the right foot. Applying the brakes with the unaccustomed left foot could slow your reaction time to an emergency situation resulting in insufficient braking operation.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-119
  • Wear shoes appropriate for driving in order to avoid your shoe contacting the brake pedal when depressing the accelerator pedal.

Electric Parking Brake (EPB)
The EPB system applies the parking brake using an electric motor. The system can operate automatically and manually. The EPB switch indicator light turns on when applying the parking brake and it turns off when releasing the parking brake.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-120

  1. Indicator light

WARNING

Do not drive the vehicle with the parking brake applied:
If the vehicle is driven with the parking brake applied, the brake parts may generate heat and the brake system may not operate, leading to an accident. Before driving the vehicle, release the parking brake and make sure that the EPB indicator light in the instrument cluster turns off.

Do not drive the vehicle with the parking brake applied:
If the vehicle is driven with the parking brake applied, the brake parts may generate heat and the brake system may not operate, leading to an accident. Before driving the vehicle, release the parking brake and make sure that the EPB indicator light in the instrument cluster turns off.

 

  • The parking brake cannot be applied or released while the vehicle battery is dead.
    Refer to If a Jump-Starting.
  • When the charging system warning light in the instrument cluster turns on, the parking brake cannot be applied after switching the ignition OFF. Before switching the ignition OFF, apply the parking brake manually.
  • The sound of the parking brake being applied or released can be heard, however, this does not indicate a problem.
  • If the EPB is not used for long periods, an automatic inspection of the system is performed while the vehicle is parked. An operation sound can be heard, however, this does not indicate a problem.
    When applying the parking brake and switching OFF the ignition, an operation sound can be heard, however, this does not indicate a problem.
    The brake pedal may move while applying or releasing the parking brake, however, this does not indicate a problem.
  • If there is a problem with the brake system (foot brake) while driving the vehicle, continually pulling up the EPB switch will apply the brakes and decelerate or stop the vehicle. The parking brake on-reminder sound is activated while the brake is applied. In addition, when releasing the switch, the brake is released and the sound stops.
    If the parking brake is applied with the ignition switched OFF or in ACC, the EPB indicator light in the instrument cluster and the indicator light in the switch may turn on for 15 seconds.
    When using an automatic car wash which moves the vehicle with the front tires mounted, it is necessary to cancel the parking brake auto operation before the vehicle enters the automatic car wash. For details, refer to Canceling the parking brake automatic operation.

Manual operation
Applying the parking brake manually
When the brake pedal is firmly depressed and the EPB switch is pulled up, the parking brake is applied regardless of the ignition position. When the parking brake is applied, the EPB indicator light in the instrument cluster and the EPB switch indicator light turn on.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-121

Releasing the parking brake manually
When the brake pedal is firmly depressed and the EPB switch is pressed while the ignition is switched ON or the engine is running, the parking brake is released. When the parking brake is released, the EPB indicator light in the instrument cluster and the EPB switch indicator light turn off.

If the EPB switch is pressed without depressing the brake pedal, a message is displayed on the multi-information display to notify the driver to depress the brake pedal.
Refer to Message Indicated on Multi-information Display.

Auto operation
Applying the parking brake automatically
When the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF, the parking brake will be applied automatically. When the parking brake is applied, the EPB indicator light in the instrument cluster and the EPB switch indicator light turn on.

NOTE
To release the parking brake when the ignition is switched OFF, it is necessary to cancel the parking brake auto operation. For details, refer to Canceling the parking brake automatic operation.

Releasing the parking brake automatically
If the accelerator pedal is depressed with the parking brake applied and all of the following conditions met, the parking brake is released automatically. When the parking brake is released, the EPB indicator light in the instrument cluster and the EPB switch indicator light turn off.

  • The engine is running.
    The driver’s door is closed.
    The driver’s seat belt is fastened.
    (Manual transmission vehicle)
    The shift lever is in a position other than neutral.
    The clutch pedal is depressed halfway.
    (Automatic transmission vehicle)

The selector lever is in the D, M, or R position.

NOTE
If something such as the driver’s foot contacts the accelerator pedal with the engine running and the parking brake applied, the parking brake might be released automatically. If you do not intend to start driving the vehicle immediately, shift the shift lever to the neutral position for a manual transmission, or shift the selector lever to the P or N position for an automatic transmission.

Canceling the parking brake automatic operation
The parking brake automatic operation can be canceled by doing any of the following after switching the ignition from ON to OFF.

Auto operation cancel method 1

  1. Switch the ignition ON.
  2. Release the parking brake manually.
  3. Turn off the AUTOHOLD.
  4. Press the EPB switch continuously for 2 seconds or longer (until a sound is activated).
  5.  Release the EPB switch and switch the ignition OFF within 5 seconds after the sound was activated. After the auto operation is canceled, a sound is activated one time, and the EPB switch indicator light switches from illumination to flashing, and then turns off after 3 seconds.

Auto operation cancel method 2

  1.  Switch the ignition ON.
  2.  Release the parking brake manually.
  3.  Turn off the AUTOHOLD.
  4. Switch the ignition OFF with the EPB switch pressed while the brake pedal is not depressed.
    When the auto operation is canceled, a sound is activated one time, and the EPB switch indicator light goes from normal flashing to faster flashing, and then turns off after 3 seconds.

NOTE

  • When canceling the parking brake auto operation and parking the vehicle, shift the shift lever to the 1st gear or the R position for a manual transmission, or shift the selector lever to the P position for an automatic transmission, and then use wheel blocks.
    The auto operation may not cancel if the vehicle is parked on a steep slope.

When the ignition is switched ON, the parking brake auto operation is restored.

Warning Light
The warning light turns on when the system has a malfunction. Refer to Brake System Warning Indication/Warning Light.

Brake Pad Wear Indicator
When the disc brake pads become worn, the built-in wear indicators contact the disc plates. This causes a screeching noise to warn that the pads should be replaced.2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-122

When you hear this noise, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

WARNING
Do not drive with worn disc pads: Driving with worn disc pads is dangerous. The brakes could fail and cause a serious accident. As soon as you hear a screeching noise consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTE
In high humidity weather conditions, brake noises, such as brake squeak or brake squeal can be heard. It does not indicate a malfunction.

Brake Assist
During emergency braking situations when it is necessary to depress the brake pedal with greater force, the brake assist system provides braking assistance, thus enhancing braking performance. When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly, the brakes apply more firmly.

NOTE

  • When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly, the pedal will feel softer but the brakes will apply more firmly. This is a normal effect of the brake assist operation and does not indicate a malfunction.
  • When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly, a motor/pump operation noise may be heard. This is a normal effect of the brake assist and does not indicate a malfunction.
  • The brake assist equipment does not supersede the functionality of the vehicle’s main braking system.

Brake Override System
The brake override system applies the brake first for safety if the brake pedal and accelerator pedal are depressed at the same time.

NOTE
Operation of the brake override system can be turned on or off. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

AUTOHOLD
The AUTOHOLD function automatically holds the vehicle stopped, even if you take your foot off the brake pedal. This function can be best used while stopped in traffic or at a traffic light. The brakes are released when you start driving the vehicle.

WARNING

Do not rely completely on the AUTOHOLD function:
The AUTOHOLD function is only designed to assist the brake operation while the vehicle is stopped. Neglecting to operate the brakes and relying only on the AUTOHOLD system is dangerous and could result in an unexpected accident if the vehicle were to suddenly move. Operate the brakes appropriately in accordance with the road and surrounding conditions.

Do not release your foot from the brake pedal while the vehicle is stopped on a steep grade:
Because there is a possibility of the vehicle not being held in the stopped position by the AUTOHOLD function, the vehicle may move unexpectedly and result in an accident.

Do not use the AUTOHOLD function on slippery roads such as icy or snow-covered roads, or unpaved roads:
Even if the vehicle is held in the stopped position by the AUTOHOLD function, the vehicle may move unexpectedly and result in an accident. Operate the accelerator pedal, brakes, or steering wheel appropriately as necessary.

Immediately depress the brake pedal in the following cases:
Because the AUTOHOLD function is canceled forcibly, the vehicle may move unexpectedly and result in an accident.

  • “Depress Brake Pedal. Brake Hold Disabled” is displayed in the multi-information display and the warning sound is activated at the same time.

Always apply the parking brake when parking the vehicle:
Not applying the parking brake when parking the vehicle is dangerous as the vehicle may move unexpectedly and result in an accident. When parking the vehicle, shift the selector lever to the P position (automatic transmission vehicle) and apply the parking brake.

CAUTION
If you stop operating the accelerator pedal before the vehicle starts moving, the force holding the vehicle in the stopped position may weaken. Firmly depress the brake pedal or depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate the vehicle.

NOTE

  • Under the following conditions, a problem with the AUTOHOLD is occurring. Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
  • A message is indicated on the multi-information display and a warning sound is activated for about 5 seconds while the AUTOHOLD is operating or when you press the AUTOHOLD switch.
  • If you switch the ignition OFF while the AUTOHOLD is operating, the parking brake is applied automatically to assist you with parking the vehicle.
  • The AUTOHOLD is canceled when the selector lever/shift lever is shifted to R position while the vehicle is on level ground, or facing up a hill or grade (as shown below).
Vehicle posture and road surface gradient AUTOHOLD operation status
Vehicle tilts forward 2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-123   Operates
Level ground 2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-124 Does not operate, canceled
Vehicle tilts rearward 2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-125 Does not operate, canceled

Reverse driving (selector lever/shift lever in the reverse (R) position)

To Turn On AUTOHOLD System
Press the AUTOHOLD switch and when the AUTOHOLD standby indicator light turns on, the AUTOHOLD function turns on.
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-126

  1.  AUTOHOLD standby indicator light
    NOTE
    When all of the following conditions are met, the AUTOHOLD standby indicator light turns on when the AUTOHOLD switch is pressed and the AUTOHOLD function turns on.
  2.  The ignition is switched ON (engine is running).
  3.  The driver’s seat belt is fastened.
  4. The driver’s door is closed.
  5. There is no problem with the AUTOHOLD function.

To operate AUTOHOLD and hold the brakes

  1. Depress the brake pedal and bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
  2.  The AUTOHOLD active indicator light in the instrument cluster turns on and the brakes are held.
    2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-55
  3. -The vehicle is held in its stopped position even with the brake pedal released.

NOTE
When all of the following conditions are met, the AUTOHOLD operates and the brakes are held.

  • The ignition is switched ON (engine is running).
  • The vehicle is stopped.
  • The brake pedal is being depressed.
  • The AUTOHOLD active indicator light turns on.
  • The accelerator pedal is not depressed.
  • The driver’s seat belt is fastened.
  • The driver’s door is closed.
  • There is no problem with the AUTOHOLD function.
  • The parking brake is released.
    There is no problem with the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) function.
    (Automatic transmission vehicle)
    The selector lever is in a position other than R position or the vehicle tilts forward with the selector lever in the R position.

To release AUTOHOLD and start driving the vehicle
If you try to resume driving the vehicle, the brakes will be released automatically and the AUTOHOLD active indicator light turns off.

NOTE

  • If the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) switch is pulled while the AUTOHOLD is operating, the parking brake is applied and the AUTOHOLD is released. In addition, if the parking brake is released under this condition, the AUTOHOLD operates to hold the brakes.
  •  Under the following conditions, the parking brake is automatically applied and the AUTOHOLD is released. The AUTOHOLD is
    re-enabled when the conditions before the AUTOHOLD is released are restored.
  • The driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
  •  The driver’s door is opened.
  •  When about 10 minutes or longer have passed since the AUTOHOLD operation started, the parking brake is automatically applied. Because the AUTOHOLD is restored when releasing the parking brake, the hold on the brakes by AUTOHOLD function resumes.
  • (Manual transmission vehicle)
    When starting to drive the vehicle forward or in reverse on a down slope, depress the clutch pedal and shift the shift lever to the appropriate position for driving in the desired direction, and then depress the accelerator pedal to release the AUTOHOLD.
  • The AUTOHOLD can be canceled forcibly by fully depressing the accelerator pedal for 1 second or longer while the AUTOHOLD is operating. Forcibly cancel the AUTOHOLD only when the AUTOHOLD cannot be canceled due to a system malfunction or it is necessary to cancel the AUTOHOLD in an emergency.

To Turn Off AUTOHOLD System
Depress the brake pedal and press the AUTOHOLD switch. The AUTOHOLD is turned off and the AUTOHOLD standby indicator light turns off.
2020 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-128

  1. AUTOHOLD standby indicator light

NOTE

  • When the brakes are not held such as while driving the vehicle, the AUTOHOLD can be turned off only by pressing the AUTOHOLD switch.
    If the AUTOHOLD switch is pressed without depressing the brake pedal while AUTOHOLD is operating
    (AUTOHOLD active indicator light in instrument cluster is turned on), the message “Depress Brake Pedal and Operate Switch to Release” is indicated on the multi-information display to notify the driver to depress the brake pedal.
  •  If any of the following conditions occurs while the AUTOHOLD function is operating (AUTOHOLD active indicator light is turned on), the parking brake is applied automatically and the AUTOHOLD function turns off. For the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) operation, refer to the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) on page 4-66.
    The ignition is switched OFF.
    There is a problem with the AUTOHOLD function.

Hill Launch Assist (HLA)

The HLA functions to assist in accelerating the vehicle from a stop on slopes. When releasing the brake pedal and depressing the accelerator pedal to accelerate the vehicle from a stop while on a slope, the function prevents the vehicle from rolling. The HLA also operates when reversing on a slope. The braking force is maintained automatically after releasing the brake pedal on a steep slope. For manual transmission vehicles, the HLA operates when the vehicle is tilted rearward with the shift lever in a forward gear, and operates when the vehicle is tilted forward with the shift lever in the R position. For automatic transmission vehicles, the HLA operates when the vehicle is tilted rearward with the selector lever in a forward gear, and operates when the vehicle is tilted forward with the selector lever in the R position.

WARNING

Do not rely completely on HLA:
HLA is an auxiliary device for accelerating from a stop on a slope. The system only operates for about 2 seconds and therefore, relying only on the system, when accelerating from a stop is dangerous because the vehicle may move (roll) unexpectedly and cause an accident. The vehicle could roll depending on the vehicle’s load or if it is towing something. In addition, for vehicles with a manual transmission, the vehicle could still roll depending on how the clutch pedal or the accelerator pedal is operated. Always confirm the safety around the vehicle before starting to drive the vehicle.

NOTE

  • HLA does not operate on a gentle slope. In addition, the gradient of the slope on which the system will operate changes depending on the vehicle’s load.
    HLA does not operate if the parking brake is applied, the vehicle has not stopped completely, or the clutch pedal is released.
    While HLA is operating, the brake pedal may feel stiff and vibrate, however, this does not indicate a malfunction.
    HLA does not operate while the TCS/DSC indicator light is illuminated.
    Refer to TCS/DSC Indication/Indicator Light (Turns on)
  • HLA does not turn off even if the DSC OFF switch is pressed to turn off the TCS/DSC.

FAQs

What type of engine does the 2020 Mazda3 have?

The 2.0-liter Skyactiv-G four-cylinder engine and the 2.5-liter Skyactiv-G four-cylinder engine are the two engine choices for the 2020 Mazda3.

What is the horsepower of the 2.0-liter engine in the 2020 Mazda3?

The 2020 Mazda3’s 2.0-liter Skyactiv-G engine makes 155 horsepower.

How much horsepower does the 2.5-liter engine in the 2020 Mazda3 have?

The 2020 Mazda3’s 2.5-liter Skyactiv-G engine produces 186 horsepower.

What type of transmission does the 2020 Mazda3 come with?

The six-speed manual or six-speed automatic transmission are both options for the 2020 Mazda3.

Is all-wheel drive (AWD) available on the 2020 Mazda3?

The 2020 Mazda3 has all-wheel drive as an option on some model levels.

What is the fuel economy of the 2020 Mazda3 with the 2.0-liter engine and automatic transmission?

The 2020 Mazda3 gets about 27 mpg in the city and 36 mpg on the highway when equipped with the 2.0-liter engine with automatic transmission.

Can the 2020 Mazda3 be equipped with a turbocharged engine?

A turbocharged engine is not a factory-installed option for the 2020 Mazda3.

How many gears does the automatic transmission have in the 2020 Mazda3?

The 2020 Mazda3’s six-speed automatic transmission features six speeds.

Does the 2020 Mazda3 have a sport mode for the transmission?

The 2020 Mazda3 has a Sport setting for more engaging driving dynamics if it has an automatic transmission.

Can the 2020 Mazda3 be flat-towed behind an RV?

Because flat-towing the 2020 Mazda3 could harm the drivetrain, Mazda does not advise it.

Does the 2020 Mazda3 have paddle shifters?

The 2020 Mazda3 does not have paddle shifters.

What is the maximum towing capacity of the 2020 Mazda3?

The 2020 Mazda3 is not intended to be towed, and Mazda has not given this vehicle a maximum towing capability.

Useful Links

View Full User: 2020 Mazda3 User Manual | Auto User Guide
Download Link: Owner’s – Manuals, Guides, Maintenance Schedules | Mazda USA

Categories
Mazda

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual

What engine options are available for the 2021 Mazda3?

Two engine options are available for the 2021 Mazda3: a 2.0-liter and a 2.5-liter four-cylinder unit.

What is the power output of the 2.0-liter engine?

The 2.0-liter engine generates 150 lb-ft of torque and 155 horsepower.

How about the power output of the 2.5-liter engine?

186 lb-ft of torque and 186 horsepower are produced by the 2.5-liter engine.

Does the 2021 Mazda3 come with a turbocharged engine?

Yes, the 2.5-liter turbocharged engine in the Mazda3 Turbo model generates 250 horsepower and 320 lb-ft of torque when running on premium fuel.

What type of transmission does the Mazda3 have?

The Mazda3 of 2021 comes with a six-speed automatic transmission as standard equipment. On some variants, a six-speed manual transmission is offered.

Can I get an automatic transmission with the Mazda3 Turbo?

The Mazda3 Turbo model does indeed come standard with a six-speed automatic transmission.

Is there an all-wheel drive (AWD) option for the Mazda3?

Yes, Mazda makes the i-Activ AWD system for the 2021 Mazda3 available. Select trims can add it for better traction and stability.

What is the fuel economy of the 2021 Mazda3?

The engine, transmission, and drivetrain configuration all affect the fuel economy. The Mazda3 gets between 27 to 30 mpg in the city and 35 to 38 mpg on the highway on average.

Does the Mazda3 have a hybrid or electric variant?

The Mazda3 does not have a hybrid or electric model as of the 2021 model year. Mazda has, nonetheless, made plans to roll out electric and hybrid automobiles in the future.

Can the Mazda3 be equipped with paddle shifters?

These, the Premium and Turbo editions of the 2021 Mazda3 include paddle shifters located on the steering wheel for manual gear selection.

Does the Mazda3 have a sport mode?

Yes, the Mazda3 of 2021 has a Sport mode that modifies the settings of the car for a sportier driving experience. It improves shift points and throttle response for a livelier feel.

Are there any performance enhancements available for the Mazda3?

Mazda provides the Mazda3 Turbo variant, which delivers a more energetic driving experience thanks to its turbocharged engine, sport-tuned suspension, bigger brakes, and other performance-oriented features.

Useful Links

View Full User: 2021 Mazda3 User Manual | Auto User Guide
Download Link: Owner’s – Manuals, Guides, Maintenance Schedules | Mazda USA

Mazda Logo2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual

Introduction

The Mazda3 is a little automobile that it sells and is renowned for its fashionable styling, excellent driving characteristics, and cutting-edge technology. There are two different body types for the car: sedan and hatchback. Mazda offers a variety of engine and transmission options to accommodate various tastes and driving requirements. 1.5-liter Skyactiv-G engine options: This engine, which is only offered in a few markets, produces about 118 horsepower. It has a four-cylinder engine with a focus on fuel efficiency and effective performance. The 2.0-liter Skyactiv-G engine has a horsepower rating of about 155.

It is a well-liked option for daily driving since it provides a nice mix between power and fuel economy. 2.5-liter Skyactiv-G Engine: This engine offers more lively performance with a power output of about 186 horsepower. For drivers looking for a more exciting driving experience, it gives a little more power. The Mazda3 Turbo and other higher-end models of the Mazda3 are equipped with the 2.5-liter Skyactiv G turbo engine. With its thrilling acceleration and power, it produces about 250 horsepower (when using premium fuel) or 227 horsepower (when using normal fuel).

Engine and Transmission

Ignition Switch

Push Button Start Positions
The system operates only when the key is within operational range. Each time the push button start is pressed, the ignition switches in the order of off, ACC, and ON. Pressing the push button start again from ON switches the ignition off.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-01

  1.  Indicator light
  2. Push button start

NOTE

  • The engine starts by pressing the push button start while depressing the clutch pedal (manual transmission) or the brake pedal (automatic transmission). To switch the ignition position, press the push button start without depressing the pedal.
  • Do not leave the ignition switched ON while the engine is not running. Doing so could result in the battery going dead. If the ignition is left in ACC (For automatic transmission, the selector lever is in the P position, and the ignition is in ACC), the ignition switches off automatically after about 25 minutes.

Off
The power supply to electrical devices turns off and the indicator light (amber) also turns off.

WARNING
Before leaving the driver’s seat, always switch the ignition off, set the parking brake, and make sure the selector lever is in P (automatic transmission) position or in 1st gear or R (manual transmission): Leaving the driver’s seat without switching the ignition off, setting the parking brake, and shifting the selector lever to P (automatic transmission) position or to 1st gear or R (manual transmission) is dangerous. Unexpected vehicle movement could occur which could result in an accident. In addition, if your intention is to leave the vehicle for even a short period, it is important to switch the ignition off, as leaving it in another position will disable some of the vehicle’s security systems and run the battery down.

ACC (Accessory)
Some electrical accessories will operate and the indicator light (amber) illuminates.

NOTE
The keyless entry system does not function while the push button start has been pressed to ACC, and the doors will not lock/unlock even if they have been locked manually.

ON This is the normal running position after the engine is started. The indicator light (amber) turns off. (The indicator light (amber) illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and the engine is not running.) Some indicator lights/warning lights should be inspected before the engine is started. Refer to Warning/Indicator Lights . Refer to Indication/Indicator Light

NOTE
When the push button start is pressed to ON, the sound of the fuel pump motor operating near the fuel tank can be heard. This does not indicate an abnormality.

Starting the Engine

Starting the Engine

WARNING
Radio waves from the key may affect medical devices such as pacemakers: Before using the key near people who use medical devices, ask the medical device manufacturer or your physician if radio waves from the key will affect the device.

NOTE

  • The key must be carried because the key carries an immobilizer chip that must communicate with the engine controls at short range.
  • The engine can be started when the push button start is pressed from off, ACC, or ON.
  • The push button start system functions (function which can start the engine by only carrying the key) can be deactivated to prevent any possible adverse effect on a user wearing a pacemaker or other medical device. If the system is deactivated, you will be unable to start the engine by carrying the key. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details. If the push button start system functions have been deactivated, you can start the engine by following the procedure indicated when the key battery goes dead. Refer to Engine Start Function When Key Battery is Dead on 
  •  After starting a cold engine, the engine speed increases and a whining sound from the engine compartment can be heard. This is for improved exhaust gas purification and does not indicate any parts defect.
  • Engine-starting is controlled by the spark ignition system. This system meets all Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise.
  1. Make sure you are carrying the key.
  2. Occupants should fasten their seat belts.
  3.  Make sure the parking brake is on.
  4.  Continue to depress the brake pedal firmly until the engine has completely started.
  5.  (Manual transmission)
    Continue to depress the clutch pedal firmly until the engine has completely started.
  6. (Automatic transmission)
    Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must restart the engine while the vehicle is moving, shift into neutral (N).

NOTE

  • (Manual transmission)
    The starter will not operate if the clutch pedal is not depressed sufficiently.
    (Automatic transmission)
    The starter will not operate if the selector lever is not in P or N position and the brake pedal is not depressed sufficiently.

Make sure that the KEY indicator light (green) in the instrument cluster and push button start indicator light (green) turns on.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-123

  1. Indicator light
  2.  Push button start

NOTE

  •  If the push button start indicator light (green) flashes, make sure that the key is being carried.
  • If the push button start indicator light (green) flashes with the key being carried, touch the key to the push button start and start the engine. Refer to Engine Start Function When Key .

CAUTION
If the KEY warning indication (red) is displayed, or the push button start indicator light (amber) flashes, this could indicate a problem with the engine starting system. This may prevent the engine from starting or from switching the ignition to ACC or ON. Refer to KEY Warning Indication/Warning Light (Red) on page. Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

NOTE

  • Under the following conditions, the KEY warning indication (red) is displayed after the push button start is pressed. This informs the driver that the push button start will not switch to ACC, even if it is pressed from off.
  • The key battery is dead.
  • The key is out of operational range.
  • The key is placed in areas where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal.
  • A key from another manufacturer similar to the key is in the operational range.
  • (Forced engine starting method) If the KEY warning indication (red) is displayed, or the push button start indicator light (amber) flashes, this could indicate that the engine may not start using the usual starting method. Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. If this occurs, the engine can be force-started. Press and hold the push button start until the engine starts. Other procedures necessary for starting the engine, such as having the key in the cabin, and depressing the clutch pedal (manual transmission) or the brake pedal (automatic transmission) are required.
  • When the engine is force-started, the KEY warning indication (red) remains displayed and the push button start indicator light (amber) remains flashing.
  • (Automatic transmission)
    When the selector lever is in the neutral (N) position, the push button start indicator light (green) does not turn on.
  • Press the push button start after the push button start indicator light (green) turns on.

NOTE
After starting the engine, the push button start indicator light (amber) turns off and the ignition switches to the ON position. After pressing the push button start and before the engine starts, the operation sound of the fuel pump motor from near the fuel tank can be heard, however, this does not indicate a malfunction. After starting the engine, let it idle for about 10 seconds.

NOTE

  • Do not use high engine speeds until reaching the operating temperature.
  • Whether the engine is cold or warm, it should be started without the use of the accelerator.
  • If the engine does not start the first time, refer to Starting a Flooded Engine under Emergency Starting. If the engine still does not start, have your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer .

Engine Start Function When Key Battery is Dead
CAUTION
When starting the engine by holding the transmitter over the push button start due to a dead key battery or a malfunctioning key, be careful not to allow the following, otherwise the signal from the key will not be received correctly and the engine may not start.

  • Metal parts of other keys or metal objects touch the key.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-02
  • Spare keys or keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system touch or come near the key.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-03
  • Devices for electronic purchases, or security passage touch or come near the key.

If the engine cannot be started due to a dead key battery, the engine can be started using the following procedure:

  1. Continue to depress the brake pedal firmly until the engine has completely started.
  2.  (Manual transmission)
    Continue to depress the clutch pedal firmly until the engine has completely started.
  3. (Automatic transmission)
    Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must restart the engine while the vehicle is moving, shift into neutral (N).
  4.  Make sure that the push button start indication light (green) flashes.
  5.  Align the center area of the emblem on the transmitter with the center area of the push button start while the push button start indicator light (green) flashes.

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-04

  1. Indicator light
  2. Push button start
  3. Transmitter
  4. Emblem
  • Make sure that the push button start indicator light (green) turns on. Press the push button start to start the engine.
  • The engine cannot be started unless the clutch pedal is fully depressed (manual transmission) or the brake pedal is fully depressed (automatic transmission).
  • If there is a malfunction with the push button start function, the push button start indicator light (amber) flashes. In this case, the engine may start, however, have the vehicle checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
  •  If the push button start indicator light (green) does not illuminate, perform the operation from the beginning again. If it does not illuminate, have the vehicle checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
  •  To switch the ignition position without starting the engine, perform the following operations after the push button start indicator light (green) turns on.
  • Release the clutch pedal (manual transmission) or brake pedal (automatic transmission).
  • Press the push button start to switch the ignition position. The ignition switches in the order of ACC, ON, and off each time the push button start is pressed. To switch the ignition position again, perform the operation from the beginning.

Emergency Operation for Starting the Engine
If the KEY warning indication (red) is displayed, or the push button start indicator light (amber) flashes, this could indicate that the engine may not start using the usual starting method. Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. If this occurs, the engine can be force-started. Press and hold the push button start until the engine starts. Other procedures necessary for starting the engine such as having the key in the cabin, and depressing the clutch pedal (manual transmission) or the brake pedal (automatic transmission) are required.

Turning Engine Off

WARNING

Do not stop the engine while the vehicle is moving:
Stopping the engine while the vehicle is moving for any reason other than in an emergency is dangerous. Stopping the engine while the vehicle is moving will result in reduced braking ability due to the loss of power braking, which could cause an accident and serious injury.

  1.  Stop the vehicle completely.
  2. (Manual transmission)
    Shift into neutral and set the parking brake.
    (Automatic transmission)
    Shift the selector lever to the P position and set the parking brake.
  3. Press the push button start to turn off the engine. The ignition position is off.

CAUTION

  • When leaving the vehicle, make sure the push button start is off.

NOTE

  • The cooling fan in the engine compartment could turn on for a few minutes after the ignition is switched from ON to OFF, whether or not the A/C is on or off, to cool the engine compartment quickly.
  • If the system detects that the remaining battery power of the key is low when the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF, the following is indicated.
    Replace with a new battery before the key becomes unusable.
    Refer to Key Battery Replacement.
    A message is indicated in the display of the instrument cluster.
    Refer to KEY Warning Indication/Warning Light (Red) .
  • (Automatic transmission)
    If the engine is turned off while the selector lever is in a position other than P, the ignition switches to ACC.

Emergency Engine Stop
Continuously pressing the push button start or quickly pressing it any number of times while the engine is running or the vehicle is being driven will turn the engine off immediately. The ignition switches to ACC.

Cylinder Deactivation

The cylinder deactivation is a function designed to reduce fuel consumption and improve fuel economy by deactivating 2 out of the 4 cylinders while driving. The function constantly determines which is better for driving; 4 cylinders or 2 cylinders, regardless of the driver’s operations, and it performs the switching automatically.

When the cylinder deactivation function does not operate
The cylinder deactivation function does not operate under the following conditions.

  • The selector lever is in the P, N, or R position (automatic transmission), or 1st gear (manual transmission).
  • The engine oil temperature or engine coolant temperature is low.
  •  After disconnecting the battery terminals for some reason, such as for battery replacement.

Instrument Cluster Display

Instrument Cluster and Display Mazda 3 Hatchback 2023 Instrument Cluster Display User Manual-01

  1. Instrument Cluster
  2. Active Driving Display

Instrument ClusterMazda 3 Hatchback 2023 Instrument Cluster Display User Manual-02

  1. Tachometer
  2. ①Tachometer
  3. ①Tachometer
  4. Gauge
  5. ⑤Dashboard Illumination Switch
  6. Switch
  7. TRIP Switch

Speedometer
The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle.

Tachometer
The tachometer shows engine speed in thousands of revolutions per minute (rpm).

CAUTION
Do not run the engine with the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE. This may cause severe engine damage.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-07

  1. STRIPED ZONE
  2. RED ZONE

*1 The range varies depending on the type of gauge.

NOTE
When the tachometer needle enters the STRIPED ZONE, this indicates to the driver that the gears should be shifted before entering the RED ZONE.

Multi-information Display

  1. Multi-information Display

The multi-information display indicates the following information.

  • Speedometer
  • Odometer
  • Trip meter
  • Outside temperature
  • Distance-to-empty
  • Average fuel economy
  • Current fuel economy
  • Deceleration Regeneration Charge Display (M Hybrid)
  • i-ACTIVSENSE Display
  • Compass Display
  • Door-Ajar/Trunk lid-Ajar/Liftgate-Ajar Warning Indication*1
  • Message Display

*1 Displayed when opening door/trunk lid/liftgate. The screen content changes each time the INFO switch is pressed.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-09

  1.  Basic display
  2. Drive information display
  3. i-ACTIVSENSE display
  4. Message display*1

*1 Displayed only when a warning occurs. The type of display for the fuel economy and the maximum driving distance can be changed. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

Odometer, Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector
You can switch between the odometer and trip meter display using the TRIP switch.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-10

  1. TRIP switch
  2. Odometer display
  3. Trip meter A display
  4. Trip meter B display

Odometer
The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven.

Trip meter
The driving distance for a specified interval is indicated. Two types (TRIP A, TRIP B) of interval distance can be measured. For instance, trip meter A can record the distance from the point of origin, and trip meter B can record the distance from where the fuel tank is filled. When trip meter A is selected, TRIP A will be displayed. When trip meter B is selected, TRIP B will be displayed. The trip meter can be reset by pressing the TRIP switch for 1.5 seconds or more while the trip meter is displayed.

NOTE
Only the trip meters record tenths of kilometers (miles).

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
Displays the engine coolant temperature. The blue range of the gauge indicates that the engine coolant temperature is low, and the red range of the gauge indicates that the engine coolant temperature is high and overheating.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-11CAUTION
When the engine coolant temperature gauge needle is in the red range, the engine coolant temperature is extremely high. Drive slowly to reduce engine load. If the engine coolant temperature gauge needle is in the red range, there is the possibility of overheating. Park the vehicle in a safe place immediately and take appropriate measures. 

NOTE
If the engine or engine coolant temperature is high or low, the engine output may be restricted to protect the engine.

Fuel Gauge
The fuel gauge shows approximately how much fuel is remaining in the tank when the ignition is switched ON. We recommend keeping the tank over 1/4 full.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-12

  1. Full
  2.  1/4 Full
  3.  Empty

If the low fuel warning light illuminates or the fuel level is very low, refuel as soon as possible. If inconsistency in engine performance or stalling occurs due to low fuel level conditions, refuel the vehicle as soon as possible and add at least 10 L (2.7 US gal, 2.2 Imp gal) of fuel.] Refer to Low Fuel Warning Indication/Warning Light.

NOTE

  • After refueling, it may require some time for the indicator to stabilize. In addition, the indicator may deviate while driving on a slope or curve since the fuel moves in the tank.
  • The direction of the arrow indicates that the fuel-filler lid is on the left side of the vehicle.

Dashboard Illumination (Without auto-light control)
When the lights are turned on with the ignition switched ON, the brightness of the dashboard illumination is dimmed.(With auto-light control) When the lights are turned on with the ignition switched ON, the brightness of the dashboard illumination is dimmed. However, when the light sensor detects that the surrounding area is bright such as when the lights are turned on in the daytime, the dashboard illumination does not dim.

NOTE
 (With auto-light control) When the ignition is switched ON in the early evening or at dusk, the dashboard illumination is dimmed for several seconds until the light sensor detects the brightness of the surrounding area, however, the dimming may cancel after the brightness is detected.

  • When the lights are turned on, the lights-on indicator light in the instrument cluster turns on. Refer to Headlights.  The brightness of the instrument panel and dashboard illuminations can be adjusted by pressing the dashboard illumination switch while the dashboard illumination is dimmed.
  • The brightness increases by pressing the + switch. The brightness decreases by pressing the – switch. If you press the – switch while the instrument cluster is at maximum dimness, a sound is activated to notify you that the current dimmer setting is at maximum dimness.

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-14

  1. Bright
  2. Dim
  • Function for canceling illumination dimmer
    The illumination dimmer can be canceled by pressing the + switch while the instrument cluster is at maximum dimness and while the ignition is switched ON. If you press the + switch again while the illumination dimmer is canceled, a sound is activated to notify you that it is canceled. If the instrument cluster’s visibility is reduced due to glare from surrounding brightness, cancel the illumination dimmer.

NOTE

  • When the illumination dimmer is canceled, the instrument cluster cannot be dimmed even if the lights are turned on.
  • When the illumination dimmer is canceled, the screen in the center display switches to constant display of the daytime screen.

Outside Temperature Display
When the ignition is switched ON, the outside temperature is displayed.

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-18.NOTE

  • Under the following conditions, the outside temperature display may differ from the actual outside temperature depending on the surroundings and vehicle conditions:
  • Significantly cold or hot temperatures.
  • Sudden changes in outside temperature.
  • The vehicle is parked.
  • The vehicle is driven at low speeds.

Changing the Temperature Unit of the Outside Temperature Display
The outside temperature unit can be switched between Celsius and Fahrenheit. Settings can be changed by operating the center display screen. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

Distance-to-empty
This displays the approximate distance you can travel on the remaining fuel based on the fuel economy. The distance-to-empty will be calculated and displayed every second. When the remaining distance-to-empty is 50 km (30 miles) or farther, the remaining distance-to-empty indication decreases in 10 km (10 mile) increments, and when the remaining distance-to-empty is 50 km (30 miles) or shorter, it decreases in 1 km (1 mile) increments.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-16NOTE

  • This displays the approximate distance you can travel on the remaining fuel based on the fuel economy. The distance-to-empty will be calculated and displayed every second. When the remaining distance-to-empty is 50 km (30 miles) or farther, the remaining distance-to-empty indication decreases in 10 km (10 mile) increments, and when the remaining distance-to-empty is 50 km (30 miles) or shorter, it decreases in 1 km (1 mile) increments.

NOTE

  • If there is no past fuel economy information such as after first purchasing your vehicle or the information is deleted when the battery cables are disconnected, the actual distance-to empty/range may differ from the amount indicated.

Average Fuel Economy
This mode displays the average fuel economy by calculating the total traveled distance and the total fuel consumption since the vehicle was purchased or the past data was reset. The average fuel economy is calculated and displayed every 30 seconds. The average fuel economy is also displayed by a red arrow in the instantaneous fuel economy display.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-16The average fuel economy can be reset by pressing the INFO switch for 1.5 seconds or more. After the data is cleared, the fuel consumption is recalculated and the – – – L/100 km (- – – mpg) for the 30 seconds prior to it being displayed is indicated.

Current Fuel Economy
This displays the current fuel economy by calculating the amount of fuel consumption and the distance traveled.

M Hybrid2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-15Except M Hybrid2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-17NOTE

  • Indicates the 0 position when the vehicle speed is about 5 km/h (3 mph) or slower.
  •  The arrow on the scale indicates the average fuel economy.

Deceleration Regeneration Charge Display (M Hybrid)
This displays the status of the charging produced by deceleration regeneration.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-15Refer to M Hybrid.
i-ACTIVSENSE Display
Displays the system status.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-19

  • Refer to Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) Refer to Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)
  • Refer to Traffic Sign Recognition System (TSR) Refer to Distance & Speed Alert (DSA)
  • Refer to Driver Attention Alert (DAA) Refer to Driver Monitoring
  • (DM) Refer to Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA)
  • Refer to Mazda Radar Cruise Control (MRCC)
  • Refer to Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function)
  • Refer to Traffic Jam Assist (TJA) .
  • Refer to Lane-keep Assist System (LAS)
  • Refer to Smart Brake Support (SBS)
  • Refer to Cruise Control.
  •  
  • Compass Display
    The direction the vehicle is moving is displayed in one of eight directions while the vehicle is being driven.

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-15

Display Direction
N North
S South
E East
W West
NE Northeast
NW Northwest
SE Southeast
SW Southwest

Message Display
A message such as the system operation status, a malfunction, or an abnormality is indicated.

Warning/indicator light in instrument cluster turns on/flashes or symbol is indicated on display at same time as message
Check the information regarding the warning/indicator light or indicated symbol. Refer to If a Warning Indication/Warning Lights Refer to If a Indication/Indicator Lights Message only is indicated on display Follow the instructions indicated on the display. For the display content, refer to the next page. Refer to If a Message Indicated on Multi-information Display.

Warning/Indicator Lights
Instrument Cluster varies depending on model and specifications.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-21

  1. Instrument Cluster
  2. Front Center of Headliner

Warning lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas.

Warning Indication/Warning Lights
These lights turn on or flash to notify the user of the system operation status or a system malfunction.

Signal

Warning

Refer to

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-22 Brake System Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-23   Electronic
  Brake Force
  Distribution
ABS Warning Indication/Warning Light*1 System Warning
   
  ABS warning
   
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-24 Charging System Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-25 Engine Oil Warning Indication/Warning Light*1    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-26 High Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Indication    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-27 Power Steering Malfunction Indication/Indicator Light*1    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-28 Master Warning Indication    
Mazda 3 Hatchback 2023 Instrument Cluster Display User Manual-27   Brake Control System Warning Indication/Warning Light*1    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-30 Brake Override Warning Indication  
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-30 Check Engine Indication/Light*1    
Mazda 3 Hatchback 2023 Instrument Cluster Display User Manual-30 i-stop Warning Indication/Warning Light*1    
Mazda 3 Hatchback 2023 Instrument Cluster Display User Manual-31 Automatic Transmission Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
Signal Warning Refer to
Mazda 3 Hatchback 2023 Instrument Cluster Display User Manual-32 AWD Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-32 Air Bag/Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Indication/Warning Light*1    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-33 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Warning Indication/Warning Light*1 Flashing
Turns on
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-52 KEY Warning Indication/Warning Light*1    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53 High Beam Control System (HBC) Warning Indication/Warning Light*1    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-36 i-ACTIVSENSE Warning Indication/Warning Light*1    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-37   Exterior Light Warning Indication/Warning Light*1    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-38   Low Fuel Warning Indication/Warning Light    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-39   Check Fuel Cap Warning Indication/Warning Light*1    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-25 Engine Oil Level Warning Indication/Warning Light*1    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-41   Seat Belt Warning Indication/Warning Light (Front seat)    
    2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-46   Seat Belt Warning Light (Rear seat)    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-43 Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Indication/Warning Light    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-44. Door-Ajar Warning Indication  
Signal Warning Refer to
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-45 Trunk lid-Ajar Warning Indication    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-45 Liftgate-Ajar Warning Indication    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-44. Door-Ajar Warning Light  

The light turns on when the ignition is switched on for an operation check, and turns off a few seconds later or when the engine is started. If the light does not turn on or remains turned on, have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Indication/Indicator Lights
These lights turn on or flash to notify the user of the system operation status or a system malfunction.

Signal Indicator Refer to
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-41   Seat Belt Indicator Light (Rear seat)  
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-47   *Front Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Indicator Light  
  2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-64 Security Indicator Light Immobilizer System   
Theft-Deterrent System
Malfunction
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-49   KEY Indicator Light    
  Mazda 3 Hatchback 2023 Instrument Cluster Display User Manual-51  i-stop Indicator Light    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-50 Wrench Indication/Indicator Light*1  
Signal Indicator Refer to
 2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-51 Shift Position Indication    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-52   Lights-On Indicator Light  
  2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53 Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light Headlight High-Low Beam 
Flashing the Headlights
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-54        Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Indicator Lights Turn and Lane-Change Signals   
Hazard Warn- ing Flasher 
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-56   Electric Parking Brake (EPB) Indication/Indicator Light*1*2    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-57 AUTOHOLD Active Indicator Light*1  
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function) indicator Light  
Traffic Jam Assist (TJA) indicator Light  
  2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-58.  TCS/DSC Indication/Indicator Light*1 Traction Con- trol System (TCS)
Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)
Turns on
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-58. DSC OFF Indicator Light*1  
Signal Indicator Refer to
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-59 Select Mode Indicator Light    

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-60

(White)

i-ACTIVSENSE Status Symbol (Warning/Risk Avoidance Support System)            

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-60

(Green)

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-60

(Amber)

  i-ACTIVSENSE OFF Symbol (Warning/Risk Avoidance Support System)    

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53

(Green)

  *High Beam Control System (HBC) Indicator Light    

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-64

(White)

Mazda Radar Cruise Control (MRCC) Standby Indication  
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function) Standby Indication  
Traffic Jam Assist (TJA) Standby Indication  

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-65

(Green)

Mazda Radar Cruise Control (MRCC) Set Indication  
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function) Set Indication  
Traffic Jam Assist (TJA) Set Indication  
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-66 Smart Brake Support (SBS) OFF Indicator Light*1    

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-67

(White)

  *Cruise Standby Indication    

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-68

(Green)

  *Cruise Set Indication  
  1. The light turns on when the ignition is switched on for an operation check, and turns off a few seconds later or when the engine is started. If the light does not turn on or remains turned on, have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
  2. The light turns on continuously when the parking brake is applied.

Wrench Indication/Indicator Light2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-50The wrench indication/indicator light is displayed/turns on under the following conditions.

  • When the preset maintenance period has arrived. Refer to the Information section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

CAUTION

  • When the maintenance period arrives, have your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. If maintenance is neglected, a decrease in vehicle performance may occur which could cause damage. Have your vehicle inspected before the maintenance period arrives.
  • If the vehicle continues to be driven after the engine oil replacement period has passed, it could cause damage to the engine. Replace the engine oil before the maintenance period arrives.

NOTE

  •  The wrench indication/indicator light may display/turn on earlier than the preset period depending on vehicle usage conditions.
  • Whenever the engine oil is replaced, a reset of the vehicle engine control unit is necessary. Refer to the Information section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.
  •  
  • Active Driving Display

  • Active Driving Display
  • 2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-69

 

  1. Display
  2. Dust-proof sheet

WARNING Always adjust the display brightness and position with the vehicle stopped:
Adjusting the display brightness and position while driving the vehicle is dangerous as doing so could distract your attention from the road ahead and lead to an accident.

CAUTION

  • Do not place beverages near the dust-proof sheet of the active driving display. If water or other liquids are splashed on the dust-proof sheet, it could cause damage.
  • Do not place objects or apply stickers above the active driving display or to the dust-proof sheet as they will cause interference.

NOTE

  • Wearing polarized sunglasses will reduce the visibility of the active driving display due to the characteristics of the display.
  • If the battery has been removed and re-installed or the battery voltage is low, the adjusted position may deviate.
  • The display may be difficult to view or temporarily affected by weather conditions such as rain, snow, light, and temperature.
  • If the audio system is removed, the active driving display cannot be operated.

The active driving display indicates the following information:

  • Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) Warnings* Refer to Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS)
  • Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) Operation Conditions and Warnings* Refer to Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)
  • Traffic Sign Recognition System (TSR) traffic signs and Warnings* Refer to Traffic Sign Recognition System (TSR)
  • Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA) Operation Conditions and Warning* Refer to Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA)
  • Mazda Radar Cruise Control (MRCC) Operation Conditions and Warnings* Refer to Mazda Radar Cruise Control (MRCC)
  • Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function) Operation Conditions and Warnings* Refer to Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function)
  • Traffic Jam Assist (TJA) Operation Conditions and Warnings* Refer to Traffic Jam Assist (TJA)
  • Lane-keep Assist System (LAS) Warnings* Refer to Lane-keep Assist System (LAS)
  • Smart Brake Support (SBS) Operation Conditions and Warnings Refer to Smart Brake Support (SBS)
  • Cruise Control Operation Conditions Refer to Cruise Control
  • Navigation Guidance (vehicles with navigation system)
  • Intersection Name (vehicles with navigation system)
  • Street name (vehicles with navigation system)
  • Lane Guidance (vehicles with navigation system)
  • Speed limit indicator (vehicles with navigation system)
  •  

Vehicle Speed
The active driving display settings can be changed or adjusted. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

NOTE

  • The desired driving position (display position, brightness level, display information) can be called up after programming the position. Refer to Driving Position Memory on page 2-11.
  • The street name may not be displayed depending on the market and region.

Manual Transmission

Manual Transmission Shift Pattern2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-70

  1.  Neutral position
    The shift pattern of the transmission is conventional, as shown. Depress the clutch pedal all the way down while shifting; then release it slowly. Your vehicle is equipped with a device to prevent shifting to R (reverse) by mistake. Push the shift lever downward and shift to R.

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-71

WARNING

Do not use sudden engine braking on slippery road surfaces or at high speeds:
Shifting down while driving on wet, snowy, or frozen roads, or while driving at high speeds causes sudden engine braking, which is dangerous. The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid. This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident.

Always leave the shift lever in 1 or R position and set the parking brake when leaving the vehicle unattended:
Otherwise the vehicle could move and cause an accident.

CAUTION

  •  Keep your foot off the clutch pedal except when shifting gears. Also, do not use the clutch to hold the vehicle on an upgrade. Riding the clutch will cause needless clutch wear and damage.
  •  Do not apply any excessive lateral force to the shift lever when changing from 5th to 4th gear. This could lead to the accidental selection of 2nd gear, which could result in damage to the transmission.
  • Make sure the vehicle comes to a complete stop before shifting to R. Shifting to R while the vehicle is still moving may damage the transmission.

NOTE

  •  If shifting to R is difficult, shift back into neutral, release the clutch pedal, and try again.
    (With parking sensor system)
  • When the shift lever is shifted to the R position with the ignition switched ON, the parking sensor system is activated and a beep sound is heard. Refer to Parking Sensor System.

Gear Shift Indicator (GSI)
The GSI supports you to obtain optimum fuel economy and smooth driving. It displays the selected gear position in the instrument cluster as well as notifies the driver to change to the most suitable gear position corresponding to the actual driving condition.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-72

  1. Selected gear position
  2. Suitable gear position
Indication Condition
Numeral The selected gear position is displayed.
and numeral Shift up or down to the indicated gear position is recommended.

CAUTION
Do not rely solely on the shift-up/shift-down recommendations by indications. The actual driving situation might require shift operations different from indication. To avoid the risk of accidents, the road and traffic conditions have to be judged correctly by the driver before shifting.

NOTE
The GSI turns off when the following operations are performed.

  • The vehicle is stopped.
  • The vehicle is put in neutral.
  • The vehicle is driven in reverse.
  • The clutch is not fully engaged when accelerating from a stop.
  • The clutch pedal remains depressed for 2 seconds or longer while driving.

Recommendations for Shifting Upshifting
For normal acceleration, Mazda recommends these shift points:(U.S.A. and Canada)

Gear Vehicle speed
1 to 2 24 km/h (15 mph)
2 to 3 42 km/h (26 mph)
3 to 4 60 km/h (37 mph)
4 to 5 75 km/h (46 mph)
5 to 6 79 km/h (49 mph)

For cruising, Mazda recommends these shift points:
(U.S.A. and Canada)

Gear Vehicle speed
1 to 2 13 km/h (8 mph)
2 to 3 29 km/h (18 mph)
3 to 4 49 km/h (30 mph)
4 to 5 63 km/h (39 mph)
5 to 6 70 km/h (43 mph)

Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift before the engine starts to overwork. This reduces the chance of stalling and gives better acceleration when you need more speed.

Automatic Transmission Controls

Automatic Transmission Controls2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-73

  1. Lock-release button
  2. Selector lever

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-74

Indication Various Lockouts
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-75 Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal and hold in the lock-release button to shift (The ignition must be switched ON).
2021 Mazda3 EnACgine and Transmission User Manual-76 Indicates the selector lever can be shifted freely into any position.
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-77 Indicates that you must hold in the lock-release button to shift.

NOTE
The Sport AT has an option that is not included in the traditional automatic transmission that gives the driver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transmission to shift gears. Even if you intend to use the automatic transmission functions as a traditional automatic, you should also be aware that you can inadvertently shift into manual shift mode and an inappropriate gear may be retained as the vehicle speed increases. If you notice the engine speed going higher or hear the engine racing, confirm you have not accidentally slipped into manual shift mode.

Shift-Lock System

Shift-Lock System The shift-lock system prevents shifting out of P unless the brake pedal is depressed. To shift from P:

  1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
  2. Start the engine.
  3. Press and hold the lock-release button.
  4. Move the selector lever.

NOTE

  • When the ignition is switched to ACC or the ignition is switched off, the selector lever cannot be shifted from P position.
  • The ignition cannot be switched to OFF if the selector lever is not in P position.

Shift-Lock Override
If the selector lever will not move from P position using the proper shift procedure, continue to hold down the brake pedal.

  1. Remove the shift-lock override cover using a cloth-wrapped flat head screwdriver.
  2. Insert a flat screwdriver and push it down.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-78Cover
  3. Press and hold the lock-release button.
  4. Move the selector lever. Take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the system checked.

Transmission Ranges

Transmission Ranges

The shift position indication in the instrument cluster illuminates. Refer to Shift Position Indication Shift the selector lever to the P or N position to start the engine.

P (Park)
P locks the transmission and prevents the front wheels from rotating.

WARNING
Always set the selector lever to P position and set the parking brake: Only setting the selector lever to the P position without using the parking brake to hold the vehicle is dangerous. If P fails to hold, the vehicle could move and cause an accident.

CAUTION
Shifting into P, N or R while the vehicle is moving can damage your transmission. Shifting into a driving gear or reverse when the engine is running faster than idle can damage the transmission.

R (Reverse) In position R, the vehicle moves only backward. You must be at a complete stop before shifting to or from R, except under rare circumstances as explained in Rocking the Vehicle NOTE (With parking sensor system)In position R, the vehicle moves only backward. You must be at a complete stop before shifting to or from R, except under rare circumstances as explained in Rocking the Vehicle

NOTE
(With parking sensor system) When the selector lever is shifted to the R position with the ignition switched ON, the parking sensor system is activated and a beep sound is heard. Refer to Parking Sensor System

N (Neutral)
In N, the wheels and transmission are not locked. The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or brakes are on.

WARNING
If the engine is running faster than idle, do not shift from N or P into a driving gear: It’s dangerous to shift from N or P into a driving gear when the engine is running faster than idle. If this is done, the vehicle could move suddenly, causing an accident or serious injury. Do not shift into N when driving the vehicle: Shifting into N while driving is dangerous. Engine braking cannot be applied when decelerating which could lead to an accident or serious injury.

CAUTION
Do not shift into N when driving the vehicle. Doing so can cause transmission damage.

NOTE
Apply the parking brake or depress the brake pedal before moving the selector lever from N position to prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly.

D (Drive)
D is the normal driving position. From a stop, the transmission will automatically shift through a 6-gear sequence.
M (Manual)

M is the manual shift mode position. Gears can be shifted up or down by operating the selector lever. Refer to Manual Shift Mode

Shift Position Indication2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-79Shift position indication The selector position is indicated when the ignition is switched ON.

Gear position indication In manual shift mode, the “M” of the shift position indication illuminates and the numeral for the selected gear is displayed.

Active Adaptive Shift (AAS) Active Adaptive Shift (AAS) automatically controls the transmission shift points to best suit the road conditions and driver input. This improves driving feel. The transmission may switch to AAS mode when driving up and down slopes, cornering, driving at high elevations, or depressing the accelerator pedal quickly while the selector lever is in the D position. Depending on the road and driving conditions/vehicle operations, gear

Manual Shift Mode

Manual Shift Mode The manual shift mode gives you the feel of driving a manual transmission vehicle by allowing you to operate the selector lever manually. This allows you to control engine rpm and torque to the drive wheels much like a manual transmission when more control is desired. To change to manual shift mode, shift the lever from D to M.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-80NOTE

  • Changing to manual shift mode while driving will not damage the transmission. If you change to manual shift mode when the vehicle is stopped, the gear will shift to M1. If you change to manual shift mode without depressing the accelerator pedal when driving in D range, 5th gear/6th gear, the gear will shift to M4/M5.

To return to automatic shift mode, shift the lever from M to D.

  1. Indications2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-81
  2. Manual shift mode indication
  3. Gear position indication Manual shift mode indication

In manual shift mode, the “M” of the shift position indication in the instrument panel illuminates.

Gear position indication

The numeral for the selected gear illuminates.

NOTE

  • If the gears cannot be shifted down when driving at higher speeds, the gear position indication will flash twice to signal that the gears cannot be shifted down (to protect the transmission). If the automatic transmission fluid (ATF) temperature becomes too high, there is the possibility that the transmission will switch to automatic shift mode, canceling manual shift mode and turning off the gear position indication illumination. This is a normal function to protect the AT. After the ATF temperature has decreased, the gear position indication illumination turns back on and driving in manual shift mode is restored.

Manually Shifting Up
You can shift gears up by operating the selector lever or the steering shift switches*. M1 → M2 → M3 → M4 → M5 → M6

Using selector lever
To shift up to a higher gear, tap the selector lever back + once.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-81Using steering shift switch
To shift up to a higher gear with the steering shift switches, pull the UP switch (+/OFF) toward you once with your fingers.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-83

  1. UP switch (+/OFF)

WARNING
Keep your hands on the steering wheel rim when using fingers on the steering shift switches: Putting your hands inside the rim of the steering wheel when using the steering shift switches is dangerous. If the driver’s air bag were to deploy in a collision, your hands could be impacted causing injury.

NOTE

  1. When driving slowly, the gears may not shift up.
  2. Do not drive the vehicle with the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE while in manual shift mode. In addition, manual shift mode switches to automatic shift mode while the accelerator pedal is completely depressed. This function is canceled while the DSC is turned off. However, if the vehicle is continuously driven at a high rpm, the gears may automatically shift up to protect the engine.
  3. The steering shift switch can be used temporarily even if the selector lever is in the D position while driving. In addition, it returns to automatic shift mode when the UP switch (+/OFF) is pulled rearward for a sufficient amount of time.

Manually Shifting Down
You can shift gears down by operating the selector lever or the steering shift switches*. M6 → M5 → M4 → M3 → M2→ M1

Using selector lever
To shift down to a lower gear, tap the selector lever forward once.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-84Using steering shift switch To shift down to a lower gear with the steering shift switches, pull the DOWN switch (–) toward you once with your fingers.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-84

  1. DOWN switch (–)

WARNING
Do not use engine braking on slippery road surfaces or at high speeds: Shifting down while driving on wet, snowy, or frozen roads, or while driving at high speeds causes sudden engine braking, which is dangerous. The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid. This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident. Keep your hands on the steering wheel rim when using fingers on the steering shift switches: Putting your hands inside the rim of the steering wheel when using the steering shift switches is dangerous. If the driver’s air bag were to deploy in a collision, your hands could be impacted causing injury.

NOTE 

  • When driving at high speeds, the gear may not shift down. During deceleration, the gear may automatically shift down depending on vehicle speed. When depressing the accelerator fully, the transmission will shift to a lower gear, depending on vehicle speed. However, the transmission does not kickdown while the DSC is turned off.

Second Gear Fixed Mode
When the selector lever is moved back + while the vehicle speed is about 10 km/h (6.2 mph) or less, the transmission is set in the second gear fixed mode. The gear is fixed in second while in this mode for easier acceleration from a stop and driving on slippery roads such as snow-covered roads. If the selector lever is moved back + or forward – while in the second gear fixed mode, the mode will be canceled.

Shift Gear (Shifting) Speed Limit
For each gear position while in the manual mode, the speed limit is set as follows: When the selector lever is operated within the range of the speed limit, the gear is shifted.

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-86

  1.  1st
  2. ‘2nd
  3. ‘3rd
  4. 4th
  5. 5th
  6. 6th

Shift up
The gear does not shift up while the vehicle speed is lower than the speed limit.

Shift down
The gear does not shift down while the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit. If the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit and the gear does not shift down, the gear position indication flashes 2 times to notify the driver that the gear cannot be shifted.

Kickdown
When the accelerator pedal is depressed fully while driving, the gear shifts down. However, the transmission does not kickdown while the DSC is turned off.

NOTE
The gear also shifts down using kickdown while in the second gear fixed mode.

Auto-shift down
The gear shifts down automatically depending on the vehicle speed during deceleration.

NOTE
If the vehicle comes to a stop while in the second gear fixed mode, the gear remains in second.

Recommendations for Shifting Upshifting
For normal acceleration and cruising, Mazda recommends these shift points:(U.S.A. and Canada)

Gear Vehicle speed*1
M1 to M2 24 km/h (15 mph)
M2 to M3 40 km/h (25 mph)
M3 to M4 65 km/h (40 mph)
M4 to M5 73 km/h (45 mph)
M5 to M6 81 km/h (50 mph)

Always observe local speed limit regulations.

Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift before the engine starts to overwork. This gives better acceleration when you need more speed. On a steep downgrade, downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life.

Direct Mode

Direct Mode Direct mode can be used for temporarily switching gears by operating the steering shift switch while the vehicle is being driven with the selector lever in the D position. While in direct mode, the D and M indication illuminate and the gear position in use is illuminated.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-81

  1. Direct mode indication
  2. Gear position indication

Direct mode is canceled (released) under the following conditions.

  1. The UP switch (+/OFF) is pulled rearward for a certain amount of time or longer.
  2. The vehicle is driven for a certain amount of time or longer (time differs depending on the driving conditions while operating).
  3. The vehicle is stopped or moving at a slow speed.

NOTE Shifting up and down while in direct mode may not be possible depending on the vehicle speed. In addition, because direct mode is canceled (released) depending on the rate of acceleration or if the accelerator is fully depressed, use of the manual shift mode is recommended if you need to drive the vehicle in a particular gear for long periods.

Driving Tips

Driving Tips
WARNING
Do not let the vehicle move in a direction opposite to the direction selected by the selector lever: Do not let the vehicle move backward with the selector lever in a forward position, or do not let the vehicle move forward with the selector lever in the reverse position. Otherwise, the engine may stop, causing the loss of the power brake and power steering functions, and make it difficult to control the vehicle which could result in an accident.

Passing
For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing steep grades, depress the accelerator fully. The transmission will shift to a lower gear, depending on vehicle speed.

NOTE

  • The accelerator pedal may initially feel heavy as it is being depressed, then feel lighter as it is depressed further. This change in pedal force aids the engine control system in determining how much the accelerator pedal has been depressed for performing kickdown, and functions to control whether or not kickdown should be performed. The manual shift mode does not switch to automatic shift mode while the DSC is turned off when the selector lever is in the M position. Shift the selector lever.

Climbing steep grades from a stop
To climb a steep grade from a stopped position:

  1. Depress the brake pedal.
  2. Shift to D or M1, depending on the load weight and grade steepness.
  3. Release the brake pedal while gradually accelerating.

Descending steep grades
When descending a steep grade, shift to lower gears, depending on load weight and grade steepness. Descend slowly, using the brakes only occasionally to prevent them from overheating.

Lighting Control

Headlights
Turn the headlight switch to turn the headlights and other exterior lights on or off. When the taillights, parking lights, license plate lights, and the side-marker lights are turned on, the lights-on indicator light in the instrument cluster turns on.

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-91

NOTE

  • If the light switch is left on, the lights will automatically switch off approximately 30 seconds after switching the ignition off.
    The time setting can be changed.
    Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.
    To prevent discharging the battery, do not leave the lights on while the engine is off unless safety requires them.

Without auto-light control2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-89

Switch Position OFF    
Headlights Off Off On*1
Daytime running lights On*2 On*2 Off
Taillights Parking lights
License plate lights Side-marker lights
 Off  On*3  On*1
  1. When the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF, the headlights turn off if the auto headlight off function has been canceled. If the auto headlight off function is enabled, the lights turn on for the set period using the auto headlight off function, and then they turn off.
  2. When the light switch is switched to a different position from the OFF, position while the vehicle is stopped, the daytime running lights turn off. When starting to drive the vehicle, the daytime running lights turn on again.
  3. When the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF, the headlights remain on if the auto headlight off function has been canceled. If the auto headlight off function is enabled, the lights turn on for the set period using the auto headlight off function, and then they turn off.

With auto-light control2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-124

 Switch Position

 OFF*1

AUTO     

 

 

 

Surroundings are bright*2 Surroundings are dark*3 Surroundings are bright*2 Surroundings are dark*3
Headlights Off Off On Off On*4*5 On*6
Daytime running lights Off On*7 Off On*8 Off Off
Taillights Parking lights
License plate lights Side-marker lights
 Off  Off  On  On*9  On*9  On*6
  1. When the light switch is switched to OFF while the vehicle is stopped, the lights turn off. The light switch returns automatically to the AUTO position and the headlights change to AUTO operation when you start driving the vehicle.
  2. The level of brightness around the vehicle is of a sufficient level.
  3. The level of brightness around the vehicle is of an insufficient level.
  4. The daytime running lights can be disabled using the personalization features  If the daytime running lights are disabled, the headlights turn off directly after starting the engine. The headlights turn on when you begin driving the vehicle.
  5. When the light switch is switched from the OFF, AUTO, or 2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53 position to the 2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-91 position while the vehicle is stopped, the headlights turn off. When starting to drive the vehicle, the headlights turn on again.
  6. When the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF, the headlights turn off if the auto headlight off function has been canceled. If the auto headlight off function is enabled, the lights turn on for the set period using the auto headlight off function, and then they turn off.
  7. When the light switch is switched to a different position from the AUTO  2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-91  position while the vehicle is stopped, the daytime running lights turn off. When starting to drive the vehicle, the daytime running lights turn on again.
  8. If one of the following operations is done from the position while the vehicle is stopped, the daytime running lights turn off.
    • Switch the light switch to the OFF position.
    • Switch the light switch to the AUTO position, and then to the   2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-91   position again.
    • Switch the light switch to the 2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53   position.
      When starting to drive the vehicle, the daytime running lights turn on again.
  9. When the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF, the headlights remain on if the auto headlight off function has been canceled. If the auto headlight off function is enabled, the lights turn on for the set period using the auto headlight off function, and then they turn off.

Auto-light control
When the headlight switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON, the light sensor senses the surrounding lightness or darkness and automatically turns the headlights and other exterior lights on or off.

CAUTION
Do not shade the light sensor by adhering a sticker or a label on the windshield. Otherwise the light sensor will not operate correctly.

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-92

  • The light sensor also works as a rain sensor for the auto-wiper control. Keep hands and scrapers clear of the windshield when the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON as fingers could be pinched or the wipers and wiper blades could be damaged when the wipers activate automatically. If you are going to clean the windshield, be sure the wipers are turned off completely when it is particularly tempting to leave the engine running. This is particularly important when clearing ice and snow.

NOTE

  • The headlights and other exterior lights may not turn off immediately even if the surrounding area becomes well-lit because the light sensor determines that it is night time if the surrounding area is continuously dark for several minutes such as inside long tunnels, traffic jams inside tunnels, or in indoor parking lots.
    If the headlight switch and the windshield wiper switch are in AUTO, and the wipers are operated at low or high speed by the auto wiper control for several seconds, bad weather conditions are determined and the headlights may be turned on.
    The sensitivity of the auto-light control may be changed.
    Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

Headlight High-Low Beam
The headlights switch between high and low beams by moving the lever forward or backward.

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-92

  1. High beam
    Low beam

When the headlight high-beams are on, the headlight high-beam indicator light is turned on.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-94

Flashing the Headlights
When the ignition is switched ON, and regardless of the headlight position, the headlights switch to high beams while the lever is being pulled.

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-95

  1. OFF
  2. Headlight flashing

The headlight high-beam indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminates simultaneously. The lever will return to the normal position when released.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-94

Coming Home Light
The coming home light turns on the headlights (low beams) when the lever is operated.

To turn on the lights
When the lever is pulled with the ignition switched to ACC or OFF, the low beam headlights turn on.
The headlights turn off after a certain period of time has elapsed after all of the doors are closed.

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-96

NOTE

  • The time until the headlights turn off after all of the doors are closed can be changed.
    Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.
    If no operations are done for 3 minutes after the lever is pulled, the headlights turn off.
    The headlights turn off if the lever is pulled again while the headlights are illuminated.

Leaving Home Light
The leaving home light turns on the lights when the transmitter unlock button is pressed while away from the vehicle.
The following lights turn on when the leaving home light is operated.
Low beams, Parking lights, Taillights, License plate lights.

To turn on the lights
When the ignition switch and the headlight switch are in the following conditions, the headlights will illuminate when the transmitter unlock button is pressed and the vehicle receives the transmitter signal. The headlights turn off after a certain period of time has elapsed (30 seconds).

  • Ignition switch: off
    Headlight switch: AUTO, 2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-91 , or2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-94

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-97

  1. Lock button
  2. Unlock button

NOTE

  • Operation of the leaving home light can be turned on or off.
    Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.
  • When the transmitter lock button is pressed and the vehicle receives the transmitter signal, the headlights turn off.
  • When the headlight switch is turned to the OFF position, the headlights turn off.

Headlight Leveling*
The number of passengers and weight of cargo in the luggage compartment/trunk change the angle of the headlights.
The angle of the headlights will be automatically adjusted when turning on the headlights.
A system malfunction or operation conditions are indicated by a warning. Refer to Exterior Light Warning Indication/Warning Light

Daytime Running Lights
Some countries require moving vehicles to have their lights on (daytime running lights) during the daytime.
The daytime running lights turn on automatically.

NOTE
(Except Canada)
The daytime running lights can be deactivated.
Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

Turn and Lane-Change Signals

Turn and Lane-Change Signals
The ignition must be switched ON to use the turn and lane-change signals.

Turn Signals
Move the signal lever down (for a left turn) or up (for a right turn) to the stop position. The signal will self-cancel after the turn is completed.
If the indicator light continues to flash after a turn, manually return the lever to its original position.

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-98

  1. Right turn
  2. Right lane change
  3. OFF
  4. Left lane change
  5. Left turn

The turn signal indicators in the instrument cluster flash according to the operation of the turn signal lever to show which signal is working.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-99

NOTE

  • There may be a problem with the turn signal lights if they do not flash but remain turned on, or they flash abnormally. Have your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
    A personalized function is available to change the turn indicator sound volume.
    Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

Lane-Change Signals
Move the lever halfway toward the direction of the lane change―until the indicator flashes― and hold it there. It will return to the off position when released.

Three-Flash Turn Signal
After releasing the turn signal lever from the halfway point, the turn signal indicator flashes 3 times. The operation can be canceled by moving the lever in the direction opposite to which it was operated.

NOTE
The three-flash turn signal function can be switched to on/off using the personalization function.
Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

Wipers and Washer

Windshield Wipers and Washer
The ignition must be switched ON to use the wipers.

WARNING
Use only windshield washer fluid or plain water in the reservoir:
Using radiator antifreeze as washer fluid is dangerous. If sprayed on the windshield, it will dirty the windshield, affect your visibility, and could result in an accident.

Only use windshield washer

fluid mixed with anti-freeze protection in freezing weather conditions:
Using windshield washer fluid without anti-freeze protection in freezing weather conditions is dangerous as it could freeze on the windshield and block your vision which could cause an accident. In addition, make sure the windshield is sufficiently warmed using the defroster before spraying the washer fluid.

CAUTION

  • When the wipers are not used during freezing temperatures or for a long time, the wiper rubber may adhere to the glass. If the wipers are operated while adhered to the glass, it could damage the wiper rubber and motor. If the wipers are operated while the glass is dry, the glass could be scratched and the wiper rubber damaged. When the glass is dry, spray washer fluid before operating the wipers.
  • If the amount of washer fluid spray is insufficient, do not use the washer switch. If the washer switch continues to be operated with no washer fluid being sprayed, it could lead to pump damage.

NOTE

If the windshield wipers are operated under cold weather conditions or during snowfall, they could stop due to accumulated snow on the windshield. If the windshield wipers stop due to accumulated snow on the windshield, park the vehicle in a safe place, turn the wiper switch off, and then remove the accumulated snow. If the wiper switch is turned to another position other than OFF, the wipers will operate. If the wipers do not operate even though the wiper switch is turned to a position other than OFF, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

Windshield Wipers
Turn the wipers on by pressing the lever up or down.

With intermittent wiper2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-100

Switch Position Wiper operation
MIST Operation while pulling up lever
OFF Stop
INT Intermittent
LO Low speed
HI High speed

Variable-speed intermittent wipers
Set the lever to the intermittent position and choose the interval timing by rotating the switch. Rotate the switch upward (FAST direction) to shorten the interval time of the wiper operation, and rotate the switch downward (SLOW direction) to lengthen it.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-101

  1. Switch With auto-wiper control

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-100

  1.  Indicator light
Switch Position Wiper operation
MIST Operation while pulling up lever
OFF Stop
AUTO*1 Auto control
LO Low speed
HI High speed
  1. When the wiper lever is switched to the AUTO position, the indicator light turns on.

Auto-wiper control
 When the wiper lever is in the AUTO position, the rain sensor senses the amount of rainfall on the windshield and turns the wipers on or off automatically (off―intermittent―low speed―high speed). The sensitivity of the rain sensor can be adjusted by turning the switch on the wiper lever. From the center position (normal), rotate the switch upward (+ direction) for higher sensitivity (faster response) or rotate it downward (- direction) for less sensitivity (slower response).2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-101

  1. Switch
  2. Higher sensitivity
  3. Center position
  4. Less sensitivity

CAUTION

  • Do not shade the rain sensor by adhering a sticker or a label on the windshield. Otherwise the rain sensor will not operate correctly.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-104When the ignition is switched ON and the wiper lever is in the AUTO position, the windshield wipers may operate automatically in the following cases:
  • The area of the windshield above the rain sensor is touched or wiped with a cloth.
  • The windshield or the rain sensor area in the cabin is hit.

When the ignition is switched ON and the wiper lever is in the AUTO position, do not touch the windshield or the windshield wipers Otherwise, the windshield wipers will operate automatically which could catch your fingers or damage the windshield wipers. When removing ice or snow, or cleaning the windshield, always make sure the wiper lever is in the OFF position. NOTE

  • Switching the auto-wiper lever from the OFF to the AUTO position while driving activates the windshield wipers once, after which they operate according to the rainfall amount.
  • The auto-wiper control may not operate when the rain sensor temperature is about -10 °C (14 °F) or lower, or about 85 °C (185 °F) or higher.
  • If the windshield is coated with water repellent, the rain sensor may not be able to sense the amount of rainfall correctly and the auto-wiper control may not operate properly.
  • If dirt or foreign matter (such as ice or matter containing salt water) adheres to the windshield above the rain sensor, or if the windshield is iced, it could cause the wipers to move automatically. However, if the wipers cannot remove this ice, dirt or foreign matter, the auto-wiper control will stop operation. In this case, set the wiper lever to the low speed position or high speed position for manual operation, or remove the ice, dirt or foreign matter by hand to restore the auto-wiper operation.
  • If the auto-wiper lever is left in the AUTO position, the wipers could operate automatically from the effect of strong light sources, electromagnetic waves, or infrared light because the rain sensor uses an optical sensor. It is recommended that the auto-wiper lever be switched to the OFF position other than when driving the vehicle under rainy conditions.
  • If the headlight switch and the windshield wiper switch are in AUTO, and the wipers are operated at low or high speed by the auto wiper control for several seconds, bad weather conditions are determined and the headlights may be turned on. The auto-wiper control functions can be turned off. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

Windshield Washer Pull the wiper lever toward you to spray washer fluid and operate the windshield wipers several times. The washer fluid is sprayed only while the windshield wipers move out of their stowed positions to the point where they start reversing back. If the washer does not work, inspect the fluid level (page 6-21). If the fluid level is normal, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Rear Window Wiper and Washer

Rear Window Wiper and Washer*
The ignition must be switched ON to use the wiper.

Rear Window Wiper2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-102Turn the wiper on by turning the rear wiper/washer switch.

Switch Position Wiper operation
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-406 Spray washer fluid and operate the rear wiper
ON Normal
INT Intermittent
OFF Stop
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-406 Spray washer fluid and operate the rear wiper

Rear Window Washer
To spray washer fluid, turn the rear wiper/washer switch to either of the position. After the switch is released, the washer will stop.

NOTE
While the windshield washers are operating (from the2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-406 time the wiper lever is pulled until the washer fluid stops spraying), the rear window washer does not spray washer fluid even if you operate the switch. If the washer does not work, inspect the fluid level . If the fluid level is normal and the washer still does not work, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Rear Window Defogger

Rear Window Defogger
The rear window defogger clears fog from the rear window. The ignition must be switched ON to use the defogger. Press the switch to turn on the rear window defogger. The rear window defogger operates for about 15 minutes and then turns off automatically. The indicator light illuminates when the defogger is operating. To turn off the rear window defogger before the 15 minutes has elapsed, press the switch again.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-109

  1. Indicator light

CAUTION

  • Do not use sharp instruments or window cleaners with abrasives to clean the inside of the rear window surface. They may damage the defogger grid inside the window.

NOTE

  • This defogger is not designed for melting snow. If there is an accumulation of snow on the rear window, remove it before using the defogger.
  • The rear window defogger operation time can be changed from 15 minutes to continuous operation. When the operation time has been switched to continuous operation, by pressing the switch, the rear window defogger will continue to operate until the ignition is switched OFF. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

Windshield Wiper Deicer
The thermal filaments at the following positions heat up and facilitate the removal of snow accumulated on the windshield.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-108The windshield wiper deicer operates in conjunction with the rear window defogger.

To turn on the windshield wiper
deicer, switch the ignition ON and press the rear window defogger switch.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-107

  1. Indicator light

Mirror Defogger
The mirror defoggers defrost the outside mirrors. The mirror defoggers operate in conjunction with the rear window defogger. To turn on the mirror defoggers, switch the ignition ON and press the rear window defogger switch.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-109

  1.  Indicator light

Horn

To sound the horn, press the 2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-110mark on the steering wheel.

Hazard Warning Flasher
The hazard warning lights should always be used when you stop on or near a roadway in an emergency.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-115The hazard warning lights warn other drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard and that they must take extreme caution when near it.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-116Depress the hazard warning flasher and all the turn signals will flash. The hazard warning indicator lights in the instrument cluster flash simultaneously.

NOTE

  • The turn signals do not work when the hazard warning lights are on.
  • Check local regulations about the use of hazard warning lights while the vehicle is being towed to verify that it is not in violation of the law.

HomeLink Wireless Control System

NOTE
HomeLink and HomeLink house are registered trademarks of Gentex Corporation. The HomeLink system replaces up to 3 hand-held transmitters with a single built-in component in the auto-dimming mirror. Pressing the HomeLink button on the auto-dimming mirror activates garage doors, gates and other devices surrounding your home.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-117

  1. Indicator light
  2. HomeLink button

WARNING
Do not use the HomeLink system with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse feature: Using the HomeLink system with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse feature as required by federal safety standards is dangerous. (This includes garage doors manufactured before April 1, 1982.) Using these garage door openers can increase the risk of serious injury or death. For further information, contact HomeLink at www.homelink.com or www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex or an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Always check the areas surrounding garage doors and gates for people or obstructions before programming or during operation of the HomeLink system: Programming or operating the HomeLink system without verifying the safety of areas surrounding garage doors and gates is dangerous and could result in an unexpected accident and serious injury if someone were to be hit.

NOTE
The programming will not be erased even if the battery is disconnected.

Pre-programming the HomeLink System

NOTE
It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand-held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal.

  • Verify that there is a remote control transmitter available for the device you would like to program.

Programming the HomeLink System
The HomeLink system provides 3 buttons which can be individually selected and programmed using the transmitters for current, on-market devices as follows:

  1. Press and release the HomeLink button you would like to program. The indicator light flashes slowly in amber when the button is pressed.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-117Indicator light
    1. HomeLink button
  2. Hold the hand-held transmitter 2.5 to 7.5 cm (1 to 3 in) away from the HomeLink button you would like to program while keeping the indicator light in view.
    NOTE
    Depending on the hand-held transmitter, it may be easier to do the programming by holding it 15 to 20 cm (6 to 7.8 in) away from the HomeLink button.
  3. Press the hand-held transmitter button continuously until the indicator light changes from amber (flashing) to green (on/flashing).
    NOTE
    Some gate operators and garage door openers may require you to replace this Programming Step 3 with procedures noted in the “Gate Operator/Canadian Programming” section.
  4. Press the HomeLink button again to check if the programming has been completed.
    •  If the indicator light remains on in green, the programming is complete and the device becomes operational.
    • If the indicator light flashes rapidly in green, firmly press and hold the Homelink button and release it after two seconds have passed. Repeat this process up to three times to complete the programming. The device becomes operational and programming is complete. If the device does not operate, go to the next step.
  5. At the garage door opener receiver (motor-head unit) in the garage, locate the “learn” or “smart” button. This can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor-head unit.
  6. Firmly press and release the “learn” or “smart” button. (The name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer.)

NOTE
Complete the programming within 30 seconds. Return to the vehicle and firmly press and hold the Homelink button, and then release it after two seconds have passed. Repeat the “press/hold/release” sequence a second time, and, depending on the brand of the garage door opener (or other rolling code equipped device), repeat this sequence a third time to complete the programming process. Press the programmed HomeLink button and make sure that the HomeLink System operates. If the status indicator arrows are flashing, refer to Garage Door Two-Way Communication.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-118

Indicator light

NOTE
To program the remaining two HomeLink buttons, go back to Step 1 of Programming the HomeLink System and repeat the procedure. For questions or comments, please contact HomeLink at www.homelink.com or www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex, or the HomeLink toll-free hotline at 1-800-355-3515 (for calls placed outside of the USA, Canada, and Puerto Rico, international rates will apply and may differ based on landline or mobile phone).

Gate operator/Canadian Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require transmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit) after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal during programming. Similar to this Canadian law, some U.S. gate operators are designed to “time-out” in the same manner. If you live in Canada or are having difficulties programming a gate operator by using the programming procedures (regardless of where you live), replace Step 3 of Programming the HomeLink System with the following:

NOTE
If programming a garage door opener or gate operator, it is advised to unplug the device during the “cycling” process to prevent possible overheating. While the indicator light is flashing in amber, press the button on the hand-held transmitter for 2 seconds and release it repeatedly until the indicator light changes from amber to green. Go back to Step 4 of Programming the HomeLink System to complete the procedure.

Operating the HomeLink System
Press the programmed HomeLink button to operate a programmed device.

Reprogramming the HomeLink system
To program a device to HomeLink using a HomeLink button previously trained, follow these steps:

  1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button. DO NOT release the button.
  2. After 20 seconds, the indicator light flashes in amber. After the indicator light flashes, release the HomeLink button.
  3. Go back to Step 2 of Programming the HomeLink System to complete the procedure.

NOTE
If the programming has not been completed, the system returns to the previous programming.

Erasing Programmed HomeLink Buttons

NOTE

  • All of the programmed HomeLink buttons are reset. Individual buttons cannot be reset, however, individual buttons can be reprogrammed. For individual button reprogramming, refer to Reprogramming the HomeLink System . Verify that the programming has been erased if you resell the vehicle.
  1. Press the two outer HomeLink buttons continuously at the same time until the indicator light flashes.
    1. HomeLink button 3
    2. HomeLink button 1
  2. Stop pressing the HomeLink buttons.

Garage Door Two-Way Communication
The garage door two-way communication is a function that communicates with the garage door opener and indicates whether the garages door is open or closed using the indicator lights in the rear view mirror. It can indicate the status of the garage door within a range up-to 250 m (820 ft).

NOTE
The communication range may shorten depending on obstructions.

Programming two-way communication
Within five seconds after programming a new HomeLink button, both of the garage door status indicator lights will flash rapidly in green indicating that the garage door two-way communication has been established. If the garage door status indicator lights flash, the two-way communication programming is complete. If the garage door status indicator lights do not flash, the two-way communication programming is not completed. For additional HomeLink information and programming videos, refer to the following Websites:

Operating the garage door two-way communication By pressing HomeLink buttons 1 and 2 at the same time for two seconds, the status of the garage door is indicated for about 3 seconds as follows:2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-119

  1. HomeLink button 2
  2. HomeLink button 1

Garage door status

Indicator light

Closing 2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-122 Amber flashes
 
Opening2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-125 Amber flashes
 
Closed2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-122 Green turns on
 
Opened2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-125 Green turns on
 

NOTE
The programming will not be erased even if the battery is disconnected.

FAQs

What engine options are available for the 2021 Mazda3?

Two engine options are available for the 2021 Mazda3: a 2.0-liter and a 2.5-liter four-cylinder unit.

What is the power output of the 2.0-liter engine?

The 2.0-liter engine generates 150 lb-ft of torque and 155 horsepower.

How about the power output of the 2.5-liter engine?

186 lb-ft of torque and 186 horsepower are produced by the 2.5-liter engine.

Does the 2021 Mazda3 come with a turbocharged engine?

Yes, the 2.5-liter turbocharged engine in the Mazda3 Turbo model generates 250 horsepower and 320 lb-ft of torque when running on premium fuel.

What type of transmission does the Mazda3 have?

The Mazda3 of 2021 comes with a six-speed automatic transmission as standard equipment. On some variants, a six-speed manual transmission is offered.

Can I get an automatic transmission with the Mazda3 Turbo?

The Mazda3 Turbo model does indeed come standard with a six-speed automatic transmission.

Is there an all-wheel drive (AWD) option for the Mazda3?

Yes, Mazda makes the i-Activ AWD system for the 2021 Mazda3 available. Select trims can add it for better traction and stability.

What is the fuel economy of the 2021 Mazda3?

The engine, transmission, and drivetrain configuration all affect the fuel economy. The Mazda3 gets between 27 to 30 mpg in the city and 35 to 38 mpg on the highway on average.

Does the Mazda3 have a hybrid or electric variant?

The Mazda3 does not have a hybrid or electric model as of the 2021 model year. Mazda has, nonetheless, made plans to roll out electric and hybrid automobiles in the future.

Can the Mazda3 be equipped with paddle shifters?

These, the Premium and Turbo editions of the 2021 Mazda3 include paddle shifters located on the steering wheel for manual gear selection.

Does the Mazda3 have a sport mode?

Yes, the Mazda3 of 2021 has a Sport mode that modifies the settings of the car for a sportier driving experience. It improves shift points and throttle response for a livelier feel.

Are there any performance enhancements available for the Mazda3?

Mazda provides the Mazda3 Turbo variant, which delivers a more energetic driving experience thanks to its turbocharged engine, sport-tuned suspension, bigger brakes, and other performance-oriented features.

Useful Links

View Full User: 2021 Mazda3 User Manual | Auto User Guide
Download Link: Owner’s – Manuals, Guides, Maintenance Schedules | Mazda USA

Mazda Logo2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual

Introduction

The Mazda3 is a little automobile that it sells and is renowned for its fashionable styling, excellent driving characteristics, and cutting-edge technology. There are two different body types for the car: sedan and hatchback. Mazda offers a variety of engine and transmission options to accommodate various tastes and driving requirements. 1.5-liter Skyactiv-G engine options: This engine, which is only offered in a few markets, produces about 118 horsepower. It has a four-cylinder engine with a focus on fuel efficiency and effective performance. The 2.0-liter Skyactiv-G engine has a horsepower rating of about 155.

It is a well-liked option for daily driving since it provides a nice mix between power and fuel economy. 2.5-liter Skyactiv-G Engine: This engine offers more lively performance with a power output of about 186 horsepower. For drivers looking for a more exciting driving experience, it gives a little more power. The Mazda3 Turbo and other higher-end models of the Mazda3 are equipped with the 2.5-liter Skyactiv G turbo engine. With its thrilling acceleration and power, it produces about 250 horsepower (when using premium fuel) or 227 horsepower (when using normal fuel).

Engine and Transmission

Ignition Switch

Push Button Start Positions
The system operates only when the key is within operational range. Each time the push button start is pressed, the ignition switches in the order of off, ACC, and ON. Pressing the push button start again from ON switches the ignition off.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-01

  1.  Indicator light
  2. Push button start

NOTE

  • The engine starts by pressing the push button start while depressing the clutch pedal (manual transmission) or the brake pedal (automatic transmission). To switch the ignition position, press the push button start without depressing the pedal.
  • Do not leave the ignition switched ON while the engine is not running. Doing so could result in the battery going dead. If the ignition is left in ACC (For automatic transmission, the selector lever is in the P position, and the ignition is in ACC), the ignition switches off automatically after about 25 minutes.

Off
The power supply to electrical devices turns off and the indicator light (amber) also turns off.

WARNING
Before leaving the driver’s seat, always switch the ignition off, set the parking brake, and make sure the selector lever is in P (automatic transmission) position or in 1st gear or R (manual transmission): Leaving the driver’s seat without switching the ignition off, setting the parking brake, and shifting the selector lever to P (automatic transmission) position or to 1st gear or R (manual transmission) is dangerous. Unexpected vehicle movement could occur which could result in an accident. In addition, if your intention is to leave the vehicle for even a short period, it is important to switch the ignition off, as leaving it in another position will disable some of the vehicle’s security systems and run the battery down.

ACC (Accessory)
Some electrical accessories will operate and the indicator light (amber) illuminates.

NOTE
The keyless entry system does not function while the push button start has been pressed to ACC, and the doors will not lock/unlock even if they have been locked manually.

ON This is the normal running position after the engine is started. The indicator light (amber) turns off. (The indicator light (amber) illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and the engine is not running.) Some indicator lights/warning lights should be inspected before the engine is started. Refer to Warning/Indicator Lights . Refer to Indication/Indicator Light

NOTE
When the push button start is pressed to ON, the sound of the fuel pump motor operating near the fuel tank can be heard. This does not indicate an abnormality.

Starting the Engine

Starting the Engine

WARNING
Radio waves from the key may affect medical devices such as pacemakers: Before using the key near people who use medical devices, ask the medical device manufacturer or your physician if radio waves from the key will affect the device.

NOTE

  • The key must be carried because the key carries an immobilizer chip that must communicate with the engine controls at short range.
  • The engine can be started when the push button start is pressed from off, ACC, or ON.
  • The push button start system functions (function which can start the engine by only carrying the key) can be deactivated to prevent any possible adverse effect on a user wearing a pacemaker or other medical device. If the system is deactivated, you will be unable to start the engine by carrying the key. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details. If the push button start system functions have been deactivated, you can start the engine by following the procedure indicated when the key battery goes dead. Refer to Engine Start Function When Key Battery is Dead on 
  •  After starting a cold engine, the engine speed increases and a whining sound from the engine compartment can be heard. This is for improved exhaust gas purification and does not indicate any parts defect.
  • Engine-starting is controlled by the spark ignition system. This system meets all Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise.
  1. Make sure you are carrying the key.
  2. Occupants should fasten their seat belts.
  3.  Make sure the parking brake is on.
  4.  Continue to depress the brake pedal firmly until the engine has completely started.
  5.  (Manual transmission)
    Continue to depress the clutch pedal firmly until the engine has completely started.
  6. (Automatic transmission)
    Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must restart the engine while the vehicle is moving, shift into neutral (N).

NOTE

  • (Manual transmission)
    The starter will not operate if the clutch pedal is not depressed sufficiently.
    (Automatic transmission)
    The starter will not operate if the selector lever is not in P or N position and the brake pedal is not depressed sufficiently.

Make sure that the KEY indicator light (green) in the instrument cluster and push button start indicator light (green) turns on.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-123

  1. Indicator light
  2.  Push button start

NOTE

  •  If the push button start indicator light (green) flashes, make sure that the key is being carried.
  • If the push button start indicator light (green) flashes with the key being carried, touch the key to the push button start and start the engine. Refer to Engine Start Function When Key .

CAUTION
If the KEY warning indication (red) is displayed, or the push button start indicator light (amber) flashes, this could indicate a problem with the engine starting system. This may prevent the engine from starting or from switching the ignition to ACC or ON. Refer to KEY Warning Indication/Warning Light (Red) on page. Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

NOTE

  • Under the following conditions, the KEY warning indication (red) is displayed after the push button start is pressed. This informs the driver that the push button start will not switch to ACC, even if it is pressed from off.
  • The key battery is dead.
  • The key is out of operational range.
  • The key is placed in areas where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal.
  • A key from another manufacturer similar to the key is in the operational range.
  • (Forced engine starting method) If the KEY warning indication (red) is displayed, or the push button start indicator light (amber) flashes, this could indicate that the engine may not start using the usual starting method. Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. If this occurs, the engine can be force-started. Press and hold the push button start until the engine starts. Other procedures necessary for starting the engine, such as having the key in the cabin, and depressing the clutch pedal (manual transmission) or the brake pedal (automatic transmission) are required.
  • When the engine is force-started, the KEY warning indication (red) remains displayed and the push button start indicator light (amber) remains flashing.
  • (Automatic transmission)
    When the selector lever is in the neutral (N) position, the push button start indicator light (green) does not turn on.
  • Press the push button start after the push button start indicator light (green) turns on.

NOTE
After starting the engine, the push button start indicator light (amber) turns off and the ignition switches to the ON position. After pressing the push button start and before the engine starts, the operation sound of the fuel pump motor from near the fuel tank can be heard, however, this does not indicate a malfunction. After starting the engine, let it idle for about 10 seconds.

NOTE

  • Do not use high engine speeds until reaching the operating temperature.
  • Whether the engine is cold or warm, it should be started without the use of the accelerator.
  • If the engine does not start the first time, refer to Starting a Flooded Engine under Emergency Starting. If the engine still does not start, have your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer .

Engine Start Function When Key Battery is Dead
CAUTION
When starting the engine by holding the transmitter over the push button start due to a dead key battery or a malfunctioning key, be careful not to allow the following, otherwise the signal from the key will not be received correctly and the engine may not start.

  • Metal parts of other keys or metal objects touch the key.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-02
  • Spare keys or keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system touch or come near the key.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-03
  • Devices for electronic purchases, or security passage touch or come near the key.

If the engine cannot be started due to a dead key battery, the engine can be started using the following procedure:

  1. Continue to depress the brake pedal firmly until the engine has completely started.
  2.  (Manual transmission)
    Continue to depress the clutch pedal firmly until the engine has completely started.
  3. (Automatic transmission)
    Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must restart the engine while the vehicle is moving, shift into neutral (N).
  4.  Make sure that the push button start indication light (green) flashes.
  5.  Align the center area of the emblem on the transmitter with the center area of the push button start while the push button start indicator light (green) flashes.

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-04

  1. Indicator light
  2. Push button start
  3. Transmitter
  4. Emblem
  • Make sure that the push button start indicator light (green) turns on. Press the push button start to start the engine.
  • The engine cannot be started unless the clutch pedal is fully depressed (manual transmission) or the brake pedal is fully depressed (automatic transmission).
  • If there is a malfunction with the push button start function, the push button start indicator light (amber) flashes. In this case, the engine may start, however, have the vehicle checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
  •  If the push button start indicator light (green) does not illuminate, perform the operation from the beginning again. If it does not illuminate, have the vehicle checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
  •  To switch the ignition position without starting the engine, perform the following operations after the push button start indicator light (green) turns on.
  • Release the clutch pedal (manual transmission) or brake pedal (automatic transmission).
  • Press the push button start to switch the ignition position. The ignition switches in the order of ACC, ON, and off each time the push button start is pressed. To switch the ignition position again, perform the operation from the beginning.

Emergency Operation for Starting the Engine
If the KEY warning indication (red) is displayed, or the push button start indicator light (amber) flashes, this could indicate that the engine may not start using the usual starting method. Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. If this occurs, the engine can be force-started. Press and hold the push button start until the engine starts. Other procedures necessary for starting the engine such as having the key in the cabin, and depressing the clutch pedal (manual transmission) or the brake pedal (automatic transmission) are required.

Turning Engine Off

WARNING

Do not stop the engine while the vehicle is moving:
Stopping the engine while the vehicle is moving for any reason other than in an emergency is dangerous. Stopping the engine while the vehicle is moving will result in reduced braking ability due to the loss of power braking, which could cause an accident and serious injury.

  1.  Stop the vehicle completely.
  2. (Manual transmission)
    Shift into neutral and set the parking brake.
    (Automatic transmission)
    Shift the selector lever to the P position and set the parking brake.
  3. Press the push button start to turn off the engine. The ignition position is off.

CAUTION

  • When leaving the vehicle, make sure the push button start is off.

NOTE

  • The cooling fan in the engine compartment could turn on for a few minutes after the ignition is switched from ON to OFF, whether or not the A/C is on or off, to cool the engine compartment quickly.
  • If the system detects that the remaining battery power of the key is low when the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF, the following is indicated.
    Replace with a new battery before the key becomes unusable.
    Refer to Key Battery Replacement.
    A message is indicated in the display of the instrument cluster.
    Refer to KEY Warning Indication/Warning Light (Red) .
  • (Automatic transmission)
    If the engine is turned off while the selector lever is in a position other than P, the ignition switches to ACC.

Emergency Engine Stop
Continuously pressing the push button start or quickly pressing it any number of times while the engine is running or the vehicle is being driven will turn the engine off immediately. The ignition switches to ACC.

Cylinder Deactivation

The cylinder deactivation is a function designed to reduce fuel consumption and improve fuel economy by deactivating 2 out of the 4 cylinders while driving. The function constantly determines which is better for driving; 4 cylinders or 2 cylinders, regardless of the driver’s operations, and it performs the switching automatically.

When the cylinder deactivation function does not operate
The cylinder deactivation function does not operate under the following conditions.

  • The selector lever is in the P, N, or R position (automatic transmission), or 1st gear (manual transmission).
  • The engine oil temperature or engine coolant temperature is low.
  •  After disconnecting the battery terminals for some reason, such as for battery replacement.

Instrument Cluster Display

Instrument Cluster and Display Mazda 3 Hatchback 2023 Instrument Cluster Display User Manual-01

  1. Instrument Cluster
  2. Active Driving Display

Instrument ClusterMazda 3 Hatchback 2023 Instrument Cluster Display User Manual-02

  1. Tachometer
  2. ①Tachometer
  3. ①Tachometer
  4. Gauge
  5. ⑤Dashboard Illumination Switch
  6. Switch
  7. TRIP Switch

Speedometer
The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle.

Tachometer
The tachometer shows engine speed in thousands of revolutions per minute (rpm).

CAUTION
Do not run the engine with the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE. This may cause severe engine damage.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-07

  1. STRIPED ZONE
  2. RED ZONE

*1 The range varies depending on the type of gauge.

NOTE
When the tachometer needle enters the STRIPED ZONE, this indicates to the driver that the gears should be shifted before entering the RED ZONE.

Multi-information Display

  1. Multi-information Display

The multi-information display indicates the following information.

  • Speedometer
  • Odometer
  • Trip meter
  • Outside temperature
  • Distance-to-empty
  • Average fuel economy
  • Current fuel economy
  • Deceleration Regeneration Charge Display (M Hybrid)
  • i-ACTIVSENSE Display
  • Compass Display
  • Door-Ajar/Trunk lid-Ajar/Liftgate-Ajar Warning Indication*1
  • Message Display

*1 Displayed when opening door/trunk lid/liftgate. The screen content changes each time the INFO switch is pressed.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-09

  1.  Basic display
  2. Drive information display
  3. i-ACTIVSENSE display
  4. Message display*1

*1 Displayed only when a warning occurs. The type of display for the fuel economy and the maximum driving distance can be changed. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

Odometer, Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector
You can switch between the odometer and trip meter display using the TRIP switch.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-10

  1. TRIP switch
  2. Odometer display
  3. Trip meter A display
  4. Trip meter B display

Odometer
The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven.

Trip meter
The driving distance for a specified interval is indicated. Two types (TRIP A, TRIP B) of interval distance can be measured. For instance, trip meter A can record the distance from the point of origin, and trip meter B can record the distance from where the fuel tank is filled. When trip meter A is selected, TRIP A will be displayed. When trip meter B is selected, TRIP B will be displayed. The trip meter can be reset by pressing the TRIP switch for 1.5 seconds or more while the trip meter is displayed.

NOTE
Only the trip meters record tenths of kilometers (miles).

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
Displays the engine coolant temperature. The blue range of the gauge indicates that the engine coolant temperature is low, and the red range of the gauge indicates that the engine coolant temperature is high and overheating.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-11CAUTION
When the engine coolant temperature gauge needle is in the red range, the engine coolant temperature is extremely high. Drive slowly to reduce engine load. If the engine coolant temperature gauge needle is in the red range, there is the possibility of overheating. Park the vehicle in a safe place immediately and take appropriate measures. 

NOTE
If the engine or engine coolant temperature is high or low, the engine output may be restricted to protect the engine.

Fuel Gauge
The fuel gauge shows approximately how much fuel is remaining in the tank when the ignition is switched ON. We recommend keeping the tank over 1/4 full.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-12

  1. Full
  2.  1/4 Full
  3.  Empty

If the low fuel warning light illuminates or the fuel level is very low, refuel as soon as possible. If inconsistency in engine performance or stalling occurs due to low fuel level conditions, refuel the vehicle as soon as possible and add at least 10 L (2.7 US gal, 2.2 Imp gal) of fuel.] Refer to Low Fuel Warning Indication/Warning Light.

NOTE

  • After refueling, it may require some time for the indicator to stabilize. In addition, the indicator may deviate while driving on a slope or curve since the fuel moves in the tank.
  • The direction of the arrow indicates that the fuel-filler lid is on the left side of the vehicle.

Dashboard Illumination (Without auto-light control)
When the lights are turned on with the ignition switched ON, the brightness of the dashboard illumination is dimmed.(With auto-light control) When the lights are turned on with the ignition switched ON, the brightness of the dashboard illumination is dimmed. However, when the light sensor detects that the surrounding area is bright such as when the lights are turned on in the daytime, the dashboard illumination does not dim.

NOTE
 (With auto-light control) When the ignition is switched ON in the early evening or at dusk, the dashboard illumination is dimmed for several seconds until the light sensor detects the brightness of the surrounding area, however, the dimming may cancel after the brightness is detected.

  • When the lights are turned on, the lights-on indicator light in the instrument cluster turns on. Refer to Headlights.  The brightness of the instrument panel and dashboard illuminations can be adjusted by pressing the dashboard illumination switch while the dashboard illumination is dimmed.
  • The brightness increases by pressing the + switch. The brightness decreases by pressing the – switch. If you press the – switch while the instrument cluster is at maximum dimness, a sound is activated to notify you that the current dimmer setting is at maximum dimness.

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-14

  1. Bright
  2. Dim
  • Function for canceling illumination dimmer
    The illumination dimmer can be canceled by pressing the + switch while the instrument cluster is at maximum dimness and while the ignition is switched ON. If you press the + switch again while the illumination dimmer is canceled, a sound is activated to notify you that it is canceled. If the instrument cluster’s visibility is reduced due to glare from surrounding brightness, cancel the illumination dimmer.

NOTE

  • When the illumination dimmer is canceled, the instrument cluster cannot be dimmed even if the lights are turned on.
  • When the illumination dimmer is canceled, the screen in the center display switches to constant display of the daytime screen.

Outside Temperature Display
When the ignition is switched ON, the outside temperature is displayed.

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-18.NOTE

  • Under the following conditions, the outside temperature display may differ from the actual outside temperature depending on the surroundings and vehicle conditions:
  • Significantly cold or hot temperatures.
  • Sudden changes in outside temperature.
  • The vehicle is parked.
  • The vehicle is driven at low speeds.

Changing the Temperature Unit of the Outside Temperature Display
The outside temperature unit can be switched between Celsius and Fahrenheit. Settings can be changed by operating the center display screen. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

Distance-to-empty
This displays the approximate distance you can travel on the remaining fuel based on the fuel economy. The distance-to-empty will be calculated and displayed every second. When the remaining distance-to-empty is 50 km (30 miles) or farther, the remaining distance-to-empty indication decreases in 10 km (10 mile) increments, and when the remaining distance-to-empty is 50 km (30 miles) or shorter, it decreases in 1 km (1 mile) increments.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-16NOTE

  • This displays the approximate distance you can travel on the remaining fuel based on the fuel economy. The distance-to-empty will be calculated and displayed every second. When the remaining distance-to-empty is 50 km (30 miles) or farther, the remaining distance-to-empty indication decreases in 10 km (10 mile) increments, and when the remaining distance-to-empty is 50 km (30 miles) or shorter, it decreases in 1 km (1 mile) increments.

NOTE

  • If there is no past fuel economy information such as after first purchasing your vehicle or the information is deleted when the battery cables are disconnected, the actual distance-to empty/range may differ from the amount indicated.

Average Fuel Economy
This mode displays the average fuel economy by calculating the total traveled distance and the total fuel consumption since the vehicle was purchased or the past data was reset. The average fuel economy is calculated and displayed every 30 seconds. The average fuel economy is also displayed by a red arrow in the instantaneous fuel economy display.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-16The average fuel economy can be reset by pressing the INFO switch for 1.5 seconds or more. After the data is cleared, the fuel consumption is recalculated and the – – – L/100 km (- – – mpg) for the 30 seconds prior to it being displayed is indicated.

Current Fuel Economy
This displays the current fuel economy by calculating the amount of fuel consumption and the distance traveled.

M Hybrid2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-15Except M Hybrid2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-17NOTE

  • Indicates the 0 position when the vehicle speed is about 5 km/h (3 mph) or slower.
  •  The arrow on the scale indicates the average fuel economy.

Deceleration Regeneration Charge Display (M Hybrid)
This displays the status of the charging produced by deceleration regeneration.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-15Refer to M Hybrid.
i-ACTIVSENSE Display
Displays the system status.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-19

  • Refer to Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) Refer to Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)
  • Refer to Traffic Sign Recognition System (TSR) Refer to Distance & Speed Alert (DSA)
  • Refer to Driver Attention Alert (DAA) Refer to Driver Monitoring
  • (DM) Refer to Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA)
  • Refer to Mazda Radar Cruise Control (MRCC)
  • Refer to Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function)
  • Refer to Traffic Jam Assist (TJA) .
  • Refer to Lane-keep Assist System (LAS)
  • Refer to Smart Brake Support (SBS)
  • Refer to Cruise Control.
  •  
  • Compass Display
    The direction the vehicle is moving is displayed in one of eight directions while the vehicle is being driven.

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-15

Display Direction
N North
S South
E East
W West
NE Northeast
NW Northwest
SE Southeast
SW Southwest

Message Display
A message such as the system operation status, a malfunction, or an abnormality is indicated.

Warning/indicator light in instrument cluster turns on/flashes or symbol is indicated on display at same time as message
Check the information regarding the warning/indicator light or indicated symbol. Refer to If a Warning Indication/Warning Lights Refer to If a Indication/Indicator Lights Message only is indicated on display Follow the instructions indicated on the display. For the display content, refer to the next page. Refer to If a Message Indicated on Multi-information Display.

Warning/Indicator Lights
Instrument Cluster varies depending on model and specifications.2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-21

  1. Instrument Cluster
  2. Front Center of Headliner

Warning lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas.

Warning Indication/Warning Lights
These lights turn on or flash to notify the user of the system operation status or a system malfunction.

Signal

Warning

Refer to

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-22 Brake System Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-23   Electronic
  Brake Force
  Distribution
ABS Warning Indication/Warning Light*1 System Warning
   
  ABS warning
   
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-24 Charging System Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-25 Engine Oil Warning Indication/Warning Light*1    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-26 High Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Indication    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-27 Power Steering Malfunction Indication/Indicator Light*1    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-28 Master Warning Indication    
Mazda 3 Hatchback 2023 Instrument Cluster Display User Manual-27   Brake Control System Warning Indication/Warning Light*1    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-30 Brake Override Warning Indication  
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-30 Check Engine Indication/Light*1    
Mazda 3 Hatchback 2023 Instrument Cluster Display User Manual-30 i-stop Warning Indication/Warning Light*1    
Mazda 3 Hatchback 2023 Instrument Cluster Display User Manual-31 Automatic Transmission Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
Signal Warning Refer to
Mazda 3 Hatchback 2023 Instrument Cluster Display User Manual-32 AWD Warning Indication/Warning Light*1  
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-32 Air Bag/Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Indication/Warning Light*1    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-33 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Warning Indication/Warning Light*1 Flashing
Turns on
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-52 KEY Warning Indication/Warning Light*1    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53 High Beam Control System (HBC) Warning Indication/Warning Light*1    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-36 i-ACTIVSENSE Warning Indication/Warning Light*1    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-37   Exterior Light Warning Indication/Warning Light*1    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-38   Low Fuel Warning Indication/Warning Light    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-39   Check Fuel Cap Warning Indication/Warning Light*1    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-25 Engine Oil Level Warning Indication/Warning Light*1    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-41   Seat Belt Warning Indication/Warning Light (Front seat)    
    2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-46   Seat Belt Warning Light (Rear seat)    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-43 Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Indication/Warning Light    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-44. Door-Ajar Warning Indication  
Signal Warning Refer to
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-45 Trunk lid-Ajar Warning Indication    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-45 Liftgate-Ajar Warning Indication    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-44. Door-Ajar Warning Light  

The light turns on when the ignition is switched on for an operation check, and turns off a few seconds later or when the engine is started. If the light does not turn on or remains turned on, have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Indication/Indicator Lights
These lights turn on or flash to notify the user of the system operation status or a system malfunction.

Signal Indicator Refer to
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-41   Seat Belt Indicator Light (Rear seat)  
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-47   *Front Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Indicator Light  
  2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-64 Security Indicator Light Immobilizer System   
Theft-Deterrent System
Malfunction
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-49   KEY Indicator Light    
  Mazda 3 Hatchback 2023 Instrument Cluster Display User Manual-51  i-stop Indicator Light    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-50 Wrench Indication/Indicator Light*1  
Signal Indicator Refer to
 2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-51 Shift Position Indication    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-52   Lights-On Indicator Light  
  2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53 Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light Headlight High-Low Beam 
Flashing the Headlights
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-54        Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Indicator Lights Turn and Lane-Change Signals   
Hazard Warn- ing Flasher 
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-56   Electric Parking Brake (EPB) Indication/Indicator Light*1*2    
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-57 AUTOHOLD Active Indicator Light*1  
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function) indicator Light  
Traffic Jam Assist (TJA) indicator Light  
  2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-58.  TCS/DSC Indication/Indicator Light*1 Traction Con- trol System (TCS)
Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)
Turns on
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-58. DSC OFF Indicator Light*1  
Signal Indicator Refer to
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-59 Select Mode Indicator Light    

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-60

(White)

i-ACTIVSENSE Status Symbol (Warning/Risk Avoidance Support System)            

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-60

(Green)

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-60

(Amber)

  i-ACTIVSENSE OFF Symbol (Warning/Risk Avoidance Support System)    

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-53

(Green)

  *High Beam Control System (HBC) Indicator Light    

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-64

(White)

Mazda Radar Cruise Control (MRCC) Standby Indication  
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function) Standby Indication  
Traffic Jam Assist (TJA) Standby Indication  

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-65

(Green)

Mazda Radar Cruise Control (MRCC) Set Indication  
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function) Set Indication  
Traffic Jam Assist (TJA) Set Indication  
2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-66 Smart Brake Support (SBS) OFF Indicator Light*1    

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-67

(White)

  *Cruise Standby Indication    

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-68

(Green)

  *Cruise Set Indication  
  1. The light turns on when the ignition is switched on for an operation check, and turns off a few seconds later or when the engine is started. If the light does not turn on or remains turned on, have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
  2. The light turns on continuously when the parking brake is applied.

Wrench Indication/Indicator Light2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-50The wrench indication/indicator light is displayed/turns on under the following conditions.

  • When the preset maintenance period has arrived. Refer to the Information section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

CAUTION

  • When the maintenance period arrives, have your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. If maintenance is neglected, a decrease in vehicle performance may occur which could cause damage. Have your vehicle inspected before the maintenance period arrives.
  • If the vehicle continues to be driven after the engine oil replacement period has passed, it could cause damage to the engine. Replace the engine oil before the maintenance period arrives.

NOTE

  •  The wrench indication/indicator light may display/turn on earlier than the preset period depending on vehicle usage conditions.
  • Whenever the engine oil is replaced, a reset of the vehicle engine control unit is necessary. Refer to the Information section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.
  •  
  • Active Driving Display

  • Active Driving Display
  • 2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-69

 

  1. Display
  2. Dust-proof sheet

WARNING Always adjust the display brightness and position with the vehicle stopped:
Adjusting the display brightness and position while driving the vehicle is dangerous as doing so could distract your attention from the road ahead and lead to an accident.

CAUTION

  • Do not place beverages near the dust-proof sheet of the active driving display. If water or other liquids are splashed on the dust-proof sheet, it could cause damage.
  • Do not place objects or apply stickers above the active driving display or to the dust-proof sheet as they will cause interference.

NOTE

  • Wearing polarized sunglasses will reduce the visibility of the active driving display due to the characteristics of the display.
  • If the battery has been removed and re-installed or the battery voltage is low, the adjusted position may deviate.
  • The display may be difficult to view or temporarily affected by weather conditions such as rain, snow, light, and temperature.
  • If the audio system is removed, the active driving display cannot be operated.

The active driving display indicates the following information:

  • Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) Warnings* Refer to Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS)
  • Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) Operation Conditions and Warnings* Refer to Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)
  • Traffic Sign Recognition System (TSR) traffic signs and Warnings* Refer to Traffic Sign Recognition System (TSR)
  • Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA) Operation Conditions and Warning* Refer to Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA)
  • Mazda Radar Cruise Control (MRCC) Operation Conditions and Warnings* Refer to Mazda Radar Cruise Control (MRCC)
  • Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function) Operation Conditions and Warnings* Refer to Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function)
  • Traffic Jam Assist (TJA) Operation Conditions and Warnings* Refer to Traffic Jam Assist (TJA)
  • Lane-keep Assist System (LAS) Warnings* Refer to Lane-keep Assist System (LAS)
  • Smart Brake Support (SBS) Operation Conditions and Warnings Refer to Smart Brake Support (SBS)
  • Cruise Control Operation Conditions Refer to Cruise Control
  • Navigation Guidance (vehicles with navigation system)
  • Intersection Name (vehicles with navigation system)
  • Street name (vehicles with navigation system)
  • Lane Guidance (vehicles with navigation system)
  • Speed limit indicator (vehicles with navigation system)
  •  

Vehicle Speed
The active driving display settings can be changed or adjusted. Refer to the Settings section in the Mazda Connect Owner’s Manual.

NOTE

  • The desired driving position (display position, brightness level, display information) can be called up after programming the position. Refer to Driving Position Memory on page 2-11.
  • The street name may not be displayed depending on the market and region.

Manual Transmission

Manual Transmission Shift Pattern2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-70

  1.  Neutral position
    The shift pattern of the transmission is conventional, as shown. Depress the clutch pedal all the way down while shifting; then release it slowly. Your vehicle is equipped with a device to prevent shifting to R (reverse) by mistake. Push the shift lever downward and shift to R.

2021 Mazda3 Engine and Transmission User Manual-71

WARNING

Do not use sudden engine braking on slippery road surfaces or at high speeds:
Shifting down while driving on wet, snowy, or frozen roads, or while driving at high speeds causes sudden engine braking, which is dangerous. The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid. This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident.

Always leave the shift lever in 1 or R position and set the parking brake when leaving the vehicle unattended:
Otherwise the vehicle could move and cause an accident.

CAUTION

  •  Keep your foot off the clutch pedal except when shifting gears. Also, do not use the clutch to hold the vehicle on an upgrade. Riding the clutch will cause needless clutch wear and damage.
  •  Do not apply any excessive lateral force to the shift lever when changing from 5th to 4th gear. This could lead to the accidental selection of 2nd gear, which could result in damage to the transmission.
  • Make sure the vehicle comes to a complete stop before shifting to R. Shifting to R while the vehicle is still moving may damage the transmission.

NOTE

  •  If shifting to R is difficult, shift back into neutral, release the clutch pedal, and try again.
    (With parking sensor system)
  • When the shift lever is shifted to the R position with the ignition switched ON, the parking sensor system is activated and a beep sound is heard. Refer to Parking Sensor System.

Gear Shift Indicator (GSI)
The GSI supports you to obtain optimum fuel economy and smooth driving. It displays the selected gear position in the instrument cluster as well as notifies the